UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
FORM 10‑K
 
(Mark One)
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015
 
or
 
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
For the transaction period from ____ to ____

Commission file number:   1‑4743

Standard Motor Products, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

New York
 
11-1362020
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
     
37-18 Northern Blvd., Long Island City, N.Y.
 
11101
(Address of principal executive offices)
 
(Zip Code)
     
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:
 
(718) 392-0200
     
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
   
     
Title of each class
 
Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, par value $2.00 per share
 
New York Stock Exchange
     
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
 
None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes No 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes o No 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes           No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes       No

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S‑K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10‑K or any amendment to this Form 10‑K.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company.  See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large Accelerated Filer 
Accelerated Filer
Non-Accelerated Filer    (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
Smaller reporting company  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).  Yes o No 

The aggregate market value of the voting common stock based on the closing price on the New York Stock Exchange on June 30, 2015 (the last business day of registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter) of $35.12 per share held by non-affiliates of the registrant was $711,572,176.  For purposes of the foregoing calculation only, all directors and officers have been deemed to be affiliates, but the registrant disclaims that any of such are affiliates.

As of February 24, 2016, there were 22,630,585 outstanding shares of the registrant’s common stock, par value $2.00 per share.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

The information required by Part III of this Report is incorporated herein by reference from the registrant’s definitive proxy statement relating to its annual meeting of stockholders to be held on May 19, 2016.
 


STANDARD MOTOR PRODUCTS, INC.

INDEX
 
PART I.
 
Page No.
     
Item 1.
3
     
Item 1A.
13
     
Item 1B.
21
     
Item 2.
21
     
Item 3.
22
     
Item 4.
22
     
PART II.
   
     
Item 5.
22
     
Item 6.
25
     
Item 7.
27
     
Item 7A.
43
     
Item 8.
44
     
Item 9.
88
 
 
Item 9A.
88
     
Item 9B.
89
     
PART III.
   
     
Item 10.
89
     
Item 11.
89
     
Item 12.
89
     
Item 13.
89
     
Item 14.
89
     
PART IV.
   
     
Item 15.
90
     
  91
 
2

PART I

In this Annual Report on Form 10-K, “Standard Motor Products,” “we,” “us,” “our” and the “Company” refer to Standard Motor Products, Inc. and its subsidiaries, unless the context requires otherwise. This Report, including the documents incorporated herein by reference, contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  Forward-looking statements in this Report are indicated by words such as “anticipates,” “expects,” “believes,” “intends,” “plans,” “estimates,” “projects,” “strategies” and similar expressions. These statements represent our expectations based on current information and assumptions and are inherently subject to risks and uncertainties.  Our actual results could differ materially from those which are anticipated or projected as a result of certain risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to, changes in business relationships with our major customers and in the timing, size and continuation of our customers’ programs; changes in our receivables factoring arrangements; the ability of our customers to achieve their projected sales; competitive product and pricing pressures; increases in production or material costs that cannot be recouped in product pricing; the performance of the aftermarket, heavy duty, industrial equipment and original equipment service markets; changes in the product mix and distribution channel mix; economic and market conditions; successful integration of acquired businesses; our ability to achieve benefits from our cost savings initiatives; product liability and environmental matters (including, without limitation, those related to asbestos-related contingent liabilities and remediation costs at certain properties); as well as other risks and uncertainties, such as those described under Risk Factors, Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk and those detailed herein and from time to time in the filings of the Company with the SEC. Forward-looking statements are made only as of the date hereof, and the Company undertakes no obligation to update or revise the forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. In addition, historical information should not be considered as an indicator of future performance.

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

Overview

We are a leading independent manufacturer and distributor of replacement parts for motor vehicles in the automotive aftermarket industry with a complementary focus on heavy duty, industrial equipment and the original equipment service market.  We are organized into two major operating segments, each of which focuses on specific lines of replacement parts.  Our Engine Management Segment manufactures and remanufactures ignition and emission parts, ignition wires, battery cables, fuel system parts and sensors for vehicle systems.  Our Temperature Control Segment manufactures and remanufactures air conditioning compressors, air conditioning and heating parts, engine cooling system parts, power window accessories, and windshield washer system parts.

We sell our products primarily to warehouse distributors, large retail chains,   original equipment manufacturers and original equipment service part operations in the United States, Canada, Latin America, and Europe.  Our customers consist of many of the leading warehouse distributors and auto parts retail chains, such as NAPA Auto Parts (National Automotive Parts Association, Inc.), Advance Auto Parts, Inc./CARQUEST Auto Parts, AutoZone, Inc., O’Reilly Automotive, Inc., Canadian Tire Corporation Limited and The Pep Boys Manny, Moe & Jack, as well as national program distribution groups, such as Auto Value and All Pro/Bumper to Bumper (Aftermarket Auto Parts Alliance, Inc.), Automotive Distribution Network LLC, The National Pronto Association (“Pronto”), Federated Auto Parts Distributors, Inc. (“Federated”), Pronto and Federated’s newly formed organization, the Automotive Parts Services Group or The Group, and specialty market distributors. We distribute parts under our own brand names, such as Standard®, Blue Streak®, BWD®, Select®, Intermotor®, GP Sorensen®, TechSmart®, Tech Expert®, OEM®, LockSmart®, Four Seasons®, Factory Air®, EVERCO®, ACi®, Imperial®, COMPRESSORWORKS®, TORQFLO® and Hayden® and through co-labels and private labels, such as CARQUEST® BWD®, CARQUEST® Intermotor®, Duralast®, Duralast Gold®, Import Direct®, Master Pro®, Murray®, NAPA®, NAPA® Echlin®, NAPA Proformer™ Mileage Plus®, NAPA Temp Products™, Cold Power®, Driveworks TM , ToughOne TM and NAPA® Belden®.
 
Business Strategy

Our goal is to grow revenues and earnings and deliver returns in excess of our cost of capital by providing high quality original equipment and replacement products to the engine management and temperature control markets. The key elements of our strategy are as follows:

· Maintain Our Strong Competitive Position in the Engine Management and Temperature Control Businesses.   We are one of the leading independent manufacturers and distributors serving North America and other geographic areas in our core businesses of Engine Management and   Temperature Control. We believe that our success is attributable to our emphasis on product quality, the breadth and depth of our product lines for both domestic and import vehicles, and our reputation for outstanding value-added services.

To maintain our strong competitive position in our markets, we remain committed to the following:

· providing our customers with broad lines of high quality engine management and temperature control products, supported by the highest level of value-added services;
· continuing to maximize our production, supply chain and distribution efficiencies;
· continuing to improve our cost position through increased global sourcing and increased manufacturing in low cost regions; and
· focusing on our engineering development efforts including a focus on bringing more product manufacturing in house.

· Provide Superior Value-Added Services, Product Availability and Technical Support.   Our goal is to increase sales to existing and new customers by leveraging our skills in rapidly filling orders, maintaining high levels of product availability, providing insightful customer category management, and providing technical support in a cost‑effective manner. In addition, our category management and technically skilled sales force professionals provide product selection, assortment and application support to our customers.

· Expand Our Product Lines.  We intend to increase our sales by continuing to develop internally, or through acquisitions, the range of Engine Management and Temperature Control products that we offer to our customers. We are committed to investing the resources necessary to maintain and expand our technical capability to manufacture multiple product lines that incorporate the latest technologies .

· Broaden Our Customer Base.   Our goal is to increase our customer base by (a) continuing to leverage our manufacturing capabilities to secure additional original equipment business globally with automotive, industrial, marine, military and heavy duty vehicle and equipment manufacturers and their service part operations as well as our existing customer base including traditional warehouse distributors, large retailers, other manufacturers and export customers, and (b) supporting the service part operations of vehicle and equipment manufacturers with value added services and product support for the life of the part.

· Improve Operating Efficiency and Cost Position.   Our management places significant emphasis on improving our financial performance by achieving operating efficiencies and improving asset utilization, while maintaining product quality and high customer order fill rates. We intend to continue to improve our operating efficiency and cost position by:

· increasing cost‑effective vertical integration in key product lines through internal development;
· focusing on integrated supply chain management, customer collaboration and vendor managed inventory initiatives;
· evaluating additional opportunities to relocate manufacturing to our low-cost plants located outside of the U.S.;
 
· maintaining and improving our cost effectiveness and competitive responsiveness to better serve our customer base, including sourcing certain materials and products from low cost regions such as those in Asia without compromising product quality;
· enhancing company‑wide programs geared toward manufacturing and distribution efficiency; and
· focusing on company‑wide overhead and operating expense cost reduction programs.

· Cash Utilization.   We intend to apply any excess cash flow from operations and the management of working capital primarily to reduce our outstanding indebtedness, pay dividends to our shareholders, repurchase shares of our common stock, expand our product lines and grow revenues through acquisitions.

The Automotive Aftermarket

The automotive aftermarket industry is comprised of a large number of diverse manufacturers varying in product specialization and size. In addition to manufacturing, aftermarket companies allocate resources towards an efficient distribution process and product engineering in order to maintain the flexibility and responsiveness on which their customers depend. Aftermarket manufacturers must be efficient producers of small lot sizes and do not have to provide systems engineering support. Aftermarket manufacturers also must distribute, with rapid turnaround times, products for a full range of domestic and import vehicles on the road. The primary customers of the automotive aftermarket manufacturers are national and regional warehouse distributors, large retail chains, automotive repair chains and the dealer service networks of original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”).

The automotive aftermarket industry differs substantially from the OEM supply business. Unlike the OEM supply business that primarily follows trends in new car production, the automotive aftermarket industry’s performance primarily tends to follow different trends, such as:

· growth in number of vehicles on the road;
· increase in average vehicle age;
· change in total miles driven per year;
· new or modified environmental and vehicle safety regulations, including fuel-efficiency and emissions reduction standards;
· increase in pricing of new cars;
· economic and financial market conditions;
· new car quality and related warranties;
· changes in automotive technologies;
· change in vehicle scrap rates; and
· change in average fuel prices.

Traditionally, the parts manufacturers of OEMs and the independent manufacturers who supply the original equipment (“OE”) part applications have supplied a majority of the business to new car dealer networks. However, certain parts manufacturers have become more independent and are no longer affiliated with OEMs, which has provided, and may continue to provide, opportunities for us to supply replacement parts to the dealer service networks of the OEMs, both for warranty and out‑of‑warranty repairs.
 
Financial Information about our Operating Segments

The table below shows our consolidated net sales by operating segment and by major product group within each segment for the three years ended December 31, 2015.  Our two major reportable operating segments are Engine Management and Temperature Control.

   
Year Ended
December 31,
 
   
2015
   
2014
   
2013
 
   
Amount
   
% of Total
   
Amount
   
% of Total
   
Amount
   
% of Total
 
   
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Engine Management:
                                   
Ignition, Emission and Fuel System Parts
 
$
607,134
     
62.5
%
 
$
609,383
     
62.1
%
 
$
604,646
     
61.5
%
Wires and Cables
   
90,887
     
9.4
%
   
99,880
     
10.2
%
   
106,599
     
10.8
%
Total Engine Management
   
698,021
     
71.9
%
   
709,263
     
72.3
%
   
711,245
     
72.3
%
                                                 
Temperature Control:
                                               
Compressors
   
127,861
     
13.2
%
   
124,238
     
12.7
%
   
135,456
     
13.8
%
Other Climate Control Parts
   
136,617
     
14.1
%
   
134,827
     
13.8
%
   
127,081
     
12.9
%
Total Temperature Control
   
264,478
     
27.3
%
   
259,065
     
26.5
%
   
262,537
     
26.7
%
                                                 
All Other
   
9,476
     
0.8
%
   
12,064
     
1.2
%
   
9,922
     
1
%
                                                 
Total
 
$
971,975
     
100
%
 
$
980,392
     
100
%
 
$
983,704
     
100
%

The following table shows our operating profit and identifiable assets by operating segment for the three years ended December 31, 2015.

   
Year Ended
December 31,
 
   
2015
   
2014
   
2013
 
   
Operating
Income
(Loss)
   
 
Identifiable
Assets
   
Operating
Income
(Loss)
   
 
Identifiable
Assets
   
Operating
Income
(Loss)
   
 
Identifiable
Assets
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Engine Management
 
$
88,007
   
$
413,102
   
$
103,861
   
$
409,275
   
$
96,335
   
$
384,712
 
Temperature Control
   
6,382
     
177,201
     
6,445
     
173,070
     
9,147
     
150,280
 
All Other
   
(18,529
)
   
90,761
     
(24,968
)
   
91,206
     
(18,619
)
   
80,531
 
Total
 
$
75,860
   
$
681,064
   
$
85,338
   
$
673,551
   
$
86,863
   
$
615,523
 

“All Other” consists of items pertaining to our corporate headquarters function and our Canadian business unit, each of which does not meet the criteria of a reportable operating segment.

Engine Management Segment

Breadth of Products .
We manufacture a full line of engine management replacement parts including, electronic ignition control modules, fuel injectors, remanufactured diesel injectors and pumps, ignition wires, coils, switches, relays, EGR valves, distributor caps and rotors, various sensors primarily measuring temperature, pressure and position in numerous vehicle systems (such as camshaft and crankshaft position, fuel pressure, vehicle speed, tire pressure monitoring (TPMS) and mass airflow sensors), electronic throttle bodies and many other engine management components primarily under our brand names Standard®, Blue Streak®, BWD®, Select®, Intermotor®, OEM®, LockSmart®, TechSmart®, Tech Expert® and GP Sorensen®, and through co-labels and private labels such as CARQUEST® BWD®, CARQUEST® Intermotor®, Duralast®, Duralast Gold®, Import Direct®, Master Pro®, NAPA®, NAPA® Echlin®, NAPA Proformer TM Mileage Plus® and NAPA® Belden®. We are a basic manufacturer of many of the engine management parts we market.  Our strategy includes expanding our product lines through strategic acquisitions in addition to sourcing certain materials and products from low cost regions such as those in Asia.  In our Engine Management Segment, replacement parts for ignition, emission control and fuel systems accounted for approximately 63% of our consolidated net sales in 2015, 62% of our consolidated net sales in 2014 and 61% of our consolidated net sales in 2013.
 
Computer-Controlled Technology . Nearly all new vehicles are factory‑equipped with computer‑controlled engine management systems to monitor and control ignition, emissions, fuel injection, transmission and certain mechanical systems.  The on‑board computers monitor inputs from many types of sensors located throughout the vehicle, and control a myriad of valves, solenoids, coils, switches and motors to manage engine and vehicle performance. Computer-controlled engine management systems enable the engine to operate with improved fuel efficiency and reduced levels of hazardous emissions.

Government emissions laws have been implemented throughout the majority of the United States. The Clean Air Act imposes strict emissions control test standards on existing and new vehicles, and remains the preeminent legislation in the area of vehicle emissions.  As many states have implemented required inspection/maintenance tests, the Environmental Protection Agency, through its rulemaking ability, has also encouraged both manufacturers and drivers to reduce vehicle emissions.  Automobiles must now comply with emissions standards from the time they were manufactured and, in most states, until the last day they are in use.  This law and other government emissions laws have had, and we expect it to continue to have, a positive impact on sales of our ignition and emissions control parts since vehicles failing these laws may require repairs utilizing parts sold by us.

Our sales of sensors, valves, solenoids and related parts have increased as automobile manufacturers equip their cars with more complex engine management systems.

Wire and Cable Products . Wire and cable parts accounted for approximately 9% of our consolidated net sales in 2015, 10% of our consolidated net sales in 2014 and 11% of our consolidated net sales in 2013.  These products include ignition (spark plug) wires, wire harnesses, battery cables and a wide range of electrical wire, terminals, connectors and tools for servicing an automobile’s electrical system.

We have historically offered ignition wires and battery cables under premium brands, which capitalize on the market’s awareness of the importance of quality, along with “value” priced brands for older vehicle applications. We extrude high voltage wire for use in our ignition wire sets. The vertical integration of this critical component offers us the ability to achieve lower costs and a controlled source of supply and quality.

Temperature Control Segment

We manufacture, remanufacture and market a full line of replacement parts for automotive temperature control (air conditioning and heating) systems, engine cooling systems, power window accessories and windshield washer systems, primarily under our brand names of Four Seasons®, Factory Air®, EVERCO®, ACi®, Imperial®, COMPRESSORWORKS®, TORQFLO® and Hayden® and through co-labels and private labels such as NAPA Temp Products™, Cold Power®, Driveworks TM , ToughOne TM and Murray®.  The major product groups sold by our Temperature Control Segment are new and remanufactured compressors, clutch assemblies, blower and radiator fan motors, filter dryers, evaporators, accumulators, hose assemblies, thermal expansion devices, heater valves, heater cores, AC service tools and chemicals, fan assemblies, fan clutches, oil coolers, window lift motors, window regulators and assemblies, and windshield washer pumps.  Our temperature control products accounted for approximately 27% of our consolidated net sales in 2015, 2014 and 2013.

Our Temperature Control business continues to implement cost savings initiatives in response to offshore competitive price pressures.  We have consolidated excess manufacturing facilities and have implemented a program to improve our manufacturing efficiencies.  We are also continuing to improve our cost position through our global sourcing initiatives in low cost regions and by increasing our production of remanufactured and new compressors in our facility in Reynosa, Mexico.

Today’s vehicles are being produced with more complex AC systems that are designed to improve their efficiency and reduce their size.  Our Temperature Control Segment continues to be a leader in providing superior training to service dealers who require access to up-to-date knowledge in proper maintenance and repair for changing technologies utilized in today’s vehicles.  We believe that our training module (Diagnosing and Repairing the Top Automotive HVAC Problems) remains one of the most sought-after training clinics in the industry and among professional service dealers.
 
Financial Information about Our Foreign and Domestic Operations and Export Sales

We sell our line of products primarily in the United States, with additional sales in Canada, Europe, Asia   and Latin America.  Our sales are substantially denominated in U.S. dollars.

The table below shows our consolidated net sales by geographic area for the three years ended December 31, 2015.

   
Year Ended
December 31,
 
   
2015
   
2014
   
2013
 
   
(In thousands)
 
United States
 
$
881,206
   
$
884,701
   
$
895,648
 
Canada
   
48,072
     
51,526
     
46,133
 
Europe
   
16,305
     
18,061
     
15,413
 
Other foreign
   
26,392
     
26,104
     
26,510
 
Total
 
$
971,975
   
$
980,392
   
$
983,704
 

The table below shows our long‑lived assets by geographic area for the three years ended December 31, 2015.

   
Year Ended
December 31,
 
   
2015
   
2014
   
2013
 
   
(In thousands)
 
United States
 
$
155,438
   
$
158,350
   
$
135,834
 
Canada
   
1,190
     
1,546
     
1,526
 
Europe
   
12,324
     
11,725
     
11,310
 
Other foreign
   
21,634
     
20,957
     
10,497
 
Total
 
$
190,586
   
$
192,578
   
$
159,167
 

Sales and Distribution

In the traditional channel, we sell our products to warehouse distributors, who supply auto parts jobber stores. Jobbers in turn sell to professional technicians and to “do-it-yourselfers” who perform automotive repairs on their personal vehicles. In recent years, warehouse distributors have consolidated with other distributors, and an increasing number of distributors own their jobber stores or sell down channel to professional technicians. In the retail channel, customers buy directly from us and sell directly to professional technicians and “do-it-yourselfers” through their own stores. Retailers are also consolidating with other retailers and have begun to increase their efforts to sell to professional technicians adding additional competition in the “do-it-for-me,” or the professional technician segment of our industry.

As automotive parts grow more complex, “do-it-yourselfers” are less likely to service their own vehicles and may become more reliant on automotive dealerships and independent service dealer technicians.  In addition to new car sales, automotive dealerships sell OE brand parts and service vehicles.  The products available through the dealers are purchased through the original equipment service (“OES”) network.  Traditionally, the parts manufacturers of OEMs have supplied a majority of the OES network.  However, certain parts manufacturers have become independent and are no longer affiliated with OEMs.  In addition, many Tier 1 OEM suppliers are disinterested in providing service parts requirements for up to 15 years after the OE model has gone out of production.  As a result of these factors, there are additional opportunities for independent automotive aftermarket manufacturers like us to supply the OES network.

Our sales force is structured to meet the needs of our traditional and retail customers across the distribution channel, allowing us to provide value-added services that we believe are unmatched by our competitors.  We also believe that our sales force is the premier direct sales force for our product lines due to our concentration of highly‑qualified, well‑trained sales personnel.  We provide our sales personnel extensive instruction at our training facility in Irving, Texas and provide an extensive continuing education program that allows our sales force to stay current on troubleshooting and repair techniques.  The continuing education courses along with monthly supplemental web-based training are an integral part of our sales force development strategy.
 
In addition to training our sales personnel in the function and application of our products, we thoroughly train our sales personnel in proven sales techniques.  Our traditional and retail customers, therefore, have come to depend on these sales personnel as a reliable source for technical information and to assist with sales to their customers (i.e., jobber stores, “do-it-yourselfers,” and professional technicians).  In this manner, we direct a significant portion of our sales efforts to our customers’ customers to generate demand for our products, and we believe that the structure of our sales force facilitates these efforts by enabling us to implement our sales and marketing programs uniformly throughout the distribution channel.  One of the ways we generate this demand is by offering technician seminars, which teach over 60,000 technicians annually how to diagnose and repair vehicles equipped with complex systems related to our products.  To help our sales personnel to be teachers and trainers, we focus our recruitment efforts on candidates who have technical backgrounds as well as strong sales experience.

We offer a variety of strategic customer discounts, allowances and incentives to increase customer purchases of our products.  For example, we offer cash discounts for paying invoices in accordance with the specified discounted terms of the invoice, and we offer pricing discounts based on volume purchased from us and participation in our cost reduction initiatives.  We also offer rebates and discounts to customers as advertising and sales force allowances, and allowances for warranty and overstock returns are also provided.  We believe these discounts, allowances and incentives are a common practice throughout the automotive aftermarket industry, and we intend to continue to offer them in response to competitive pressures and to strategically support the growth of all our products.

Customers

Our customer base is comprised largely of warehouse distributors, large retailers, OE/OES customers, other manufacturers and export customers.  Our five largest individual customers, including members of a marketing group, accounted for approximately 68% of our consolidated net sales in 2015, 69% of our consolidated net sales in 2014 and 66% of our consolidated net sales in 2013.  During 2015, O’Reilly Automotive, Inc., NAPA Auto Parts, Advance Auto Parts, Inc., and AutoZone, Inc. accounted for 19%, 19%, 17% and 11% of our consolidated net sales, respectively.  Net sales from each of the customers were reported in both our Engine Management and Temperature Control Segments.
 
In January 2016, one of our customers filed a petition for bankruptcy.  In connection with the bankruptcy filing, we evaluated our potential risk and exposure as related to our outstanding accounts receivable balance from the customer as of December 31, 2015, and estimated our anticipated recovery.  As a result of our evaluation, we recorded a net $3.5 million pre-tax charge during the year ended December 31, 2015 to reduce our accounts receivable balance to our estimated recovery.  The net $3.5 million pre-tax charge is included in selling, general and administrative expenses in our consolidated statement of operations.  We will continue to monitor the circumstances surrounding the bankruptcy in determining whether additional provisions may be necessary.

Competition

We are a leading independent manufacturer and distributor of replacement parts for product lines in Engine Management and Temperature Control. We compete primarily on the basis of product quality, product availability, value-added services, product coverage, order turn‑around time, order fill rate, technical support and price. We believe we differentiate ourselves from our competitors primarily through:

· a value‑added, knowledgeable sales force;
· extensive product coverage in conjunction with market leading brands;
· rigorous product qualification standards to ensure that our parts meet or exceed exacting performance specifications;
· sophisticated parts cataloguing systems;
· inventory levels and logistical systems sufficient to meet the rapid delivery requirements of customers;
· breadth of manufacturing capabilities; and
· award-winning marketing and sales support and technical training.
 
In the Engine Management business, we are one of the leading independent manufacturers and distributors in the United States. Our competitors include ACDelco, Delphi Automotive PLC, Denso Corporation, Continental AG, Hitachi, Ltd., Motorcraft, Robert Bosch GmbH, Visteon Corporation, NGK Spark Plug Co., Ltd., General Cable Corporation, Dorman Products, Inc. and several privately-owned companies importing products from Asia.

Our Temperature Control business is one of the leading independent manufacturers and distributors of a full line of temperature control products in North America and other geographic areas. ACDelco, Delphi Automotive PLC, Denso Corporation, Motorcraft, Sanden International, Inc., Continental AG, and several privately-owned companies are some of our key competitors in this market.

The automotive aftermarket is highly competitive, and we face substantial competition in all markets that we serve.  Our success in the marketplace continues to depend on our ability to offer competitive prices, improved products, superior value-added services and expanded offerings in competition with many other suppliers to the aftermarket.  Some of our competitors may have greater financial, marketing and other resources than we do.  In addition, we face competition from automobile manufacturers who supply many of the replacement parts sold by us, although these manufacturers generally supply parts only for cars they produce through OE dealerships.

Seasonality

Historically, our operating results have fluctuated by quarter, with the greatest sales occurring in the second and third quarters of the year and revenues generally being recognized at the time of shipment. It is in these quarters that demand for our products is typically the highest, specifically in the Temperature Control Segment of our business.  In addition to this seasonality, the demand for our Temperature Control products during the second and third quarters of the year may vary significantly with the summer weather and customer inventories. For example, a cool summer, as we experienced in both 2014 and 2013, may lessen the demand for our Temperature Control products, while a warm summer, as we experienced in 2015, may increase such demand.  As a result of this seasonality and variability in demand of our Temperature Control products, our working capital requirements typically peak near the end of the second quarter, as the inventory build‑up of air conditioning products is converted to sales and payments on the receivables associated with such sales have yet to be received. During this period, our working capital requirements are typically funded by borrowing from our revolving credit facility.

Working Capital Management

Automotive aftermarket companies have been under increasing pressure to provide broad SKU (stock keeping unit) coverage due to parts and brand proliferation. In response to this, we have made, and continue to make, changes to our inventory management system designed to reduce inventory requirements. We have a pack‑to‑order distribution system, which permits us to retain slow moving items in a bulk storage state until an order for a specific branded part is received. This system reduces the volume of a given part in inventory and reduces the labor requirements to package and repackage inventory. We also expanded our inventory management system to improve inventory deployment, enhance our collaboration with customers on forecasts and inventory assortments, and further integrate our supply chain both to customers and suppliers.

We face inventory management issues as a result of warranty and overstock returns. Many of our products carry a warranty ranging from a 90-day limited warranty to a lifetime limited warranty, which generally covers defects in materials or workmanship and failure to meet industry published specifications and/or the result of installation error.  In addition to warranty returns, we also permit our customers to return new, undamaged products to us within customer-specific limits (which are generally limited to a specified percentage of their annual purchases from us) in the event that they have overstocked their inventories.  In addition, the seasonality of our Temperature Control Segment requires that we increase our inventory during the winter season in preparation of the summer selling season and customers purchasing such inventory have the right to make returns.
 
In order to better control warranty and overstock return levels, we have in place procedures for authorized warranty returns, including for warranty returns which result from installation error, placed restrictions on the amounts customers can return and instituted a program to better estimate potential future product returns.  In addition, with respect to our air conditioning compressors, which are our most significant customer product warranty returns, we established procedures whereby a warranty will be voided if a customer does not provide acceptable proof that complete air conditioning system repair was performed in accordance with approved procedures.

Our profitability and working capital requirements are seasonal due to our sales mix of Temperature Control products.  Our working capital requirements peak near the end of the second quarter, as the inventory build‑up of air conditioning products is converted to sales and payments on the receivables associated with such sales have yet to be received.  These increased working capital requirements are funded by borrowings from our revolving credit facility.

Suppliers

The principal raw materials purchased by us consist of brass, electronic components, fabricated copper (primarily in the form of magnet and insulated cable), steel magnets, laminations, tubes and shafts, stamped steel parts, copper wire, stainless steel coils and rods, aluminum coils, fittings, rods, cast aluminum parts, lead, steel roller bearings, rubber molding compound, thermo‑set and thermo plastic molding powders, and chemicals.  Additionally, we use components and cores (used parts) in our remanufacturing processes for air conditioning compressors, diesel injectors, diesel pumps, and turbo chargers.

We purchase materials in the U.S. and foreign open markets and have a limited number of supply agreements on key components. A number of prime suppliers make these materials available. In the case of cores for air conditioning compressors, diesel injectors, diesel pumps, and turbo chargers, we obtain them either from exchanges with customers who return cores subsequent to purchasing remanufactured parts or through direct purchases from a network of core brokers. In addition, we acquire certain materials by purchasing products that are resold into the market, particularly by OEM sources and other domestic and foreign suppliers.

We believe there is an adequate supply of primary raw materials and cores. In order to ensure a consistent, high quality and low cost supply of key components for each product line, we continue to develop our own sources.  We are not dependent on any single commodity, however, there can be no assurance over the long term that increases in commodity prices will not materially affect our business or results of operations.  In addition, in August 2012, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission adopted rules requiring us to provide disclosure regarding the use of specified minerals, known as conflict minerals, which are mined from the Democratic Republic of the Congo and adjoining countries. Implementation of the disclosure requirements could affect the sourcing and availability of some of the minerals used in the manufacture of our products, and may impose additional costs on us associated with complying with the disclosure requirements.

Production and Engineering

We engineer, tool and manufacture many of the components used in the assembly of our products. We also perform our own plastic molding operations, stamping and machining operations, wire extrusion, automated electronics assembly and a wide variety of other processes. In the case of remanufactured components, we conduct our own teardown, diagnostics and rebuilding for air conditioning compressors, diesel injectors, and diesel pumps. We have found this level of vertical integration provides advantages in terms of cost, quality and availability. We intend to continue selective efforts toward further vertical integration to ensure a consistent quality and supply of low cost components. In addition, our strategy includes sourcing an increasing number of finished goods and component parts from low cost regions such as those in Asia.
 
Employees

As of December 31, 2015, we employed approximately 3,400 people, with 1,900 people in the United States and 1,500 people in Mexico, Canada, Poland, the U.K., Hong Kong and Taiwan.  Of the 3,400 people employed, approximately 1,500 people are production employees. We operate primarily in non‑union facilities and have binding labor agreements with employees at other unionized facilities.  We have approximately 60 production employees in Edwardsville, Kansas who are covered by a contract with The International Union, United Automobile, Aerospace and Agricultural Implement Workers of America (“UAW”) that expires in April 2019.  We expect to renew this agreement with the UAW upon mutually agreeable terms.  We also have approximately 700 employees in Mexico who are covered under union agreements negotiated at various intervals.

We believe that our facilities are in favorable labor markets with ready access to adequate numbers of skilled and unskilled workers, and we believe our relations with our union and non‑union employees are good.

Insurance

We maintain basic liability coverage up to $2 million for automobile liability, $10 million for general and product liability and $100 million for umbrella liability coverage.  We also maintain environmental insurance of $10 million and property insurance of $210 million, including business interruption insurance, covering our existing U.S. and Canadian facilities.  We are currently monitoring our environmental remediation efforts at one of our facilities.  The environmental testing and any remediation costs at such facility may be covered by several insurance policies, although we can give no assurance that our insurance will cover any environmental remediation claims.  Historically, we have not experienced casualty losses in any year in excess of our coverage.  However, there can be no assurances that liability losses in the future will not exceed our coverage.

Available Information

We are a New York corporation founded in 1919. Our principal executive offices are located at 37‑18 Northern Boulevard, Long Island City, New York 11101, and our main telephone number at that location is (718) 392‑0200. Our Internet address is www.smpcorp.com .  We provide a link to reports that we have filed with the SEC.  However, for those persons that make a request in writing or by e-mail (financial@smpcorp.com), we will provide free of charge our Annual Report on Form 10-K, our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, our Current Reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  These reports and other information are also available, free of charge, at www.sec.gov.
 
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

You should carefully consider the risks described below.  These risks and uncertainties are not the only ones we face.  Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or other factors not perceived by us to present significant risks to our business at this time also may impair our business and results of operations.  If any of the stated risks actually occur, they could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition or operating results.

Risks Related to Our Operations

We depend on a limited number of key customers, and the loss of any such customer, or a significant reduction in purchases by such customer, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations .

Our five largest individual customers, including members of a marketing group, accounted for approximately 68% of our consolidated net sales in 2015, 69% of our consolidated net sales in 2014 and 66% of our consolidated net sales in 2013.  During 2015, O’Reilly Automotive, Inc., NAPA Auto Parts, Advance Auto Parts, Inc., and AutoZone, Inc. accounted for 19%, 19%, 17% and 11% of our consolidated net sales, respectively.  The loss of one or more of these customers or, a significant reduction in purchases of our products from any one of them, could have a materially adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, any consolidation among our key customers, such as Advance Auto’s acquisition of CarQuest in 2014, may further exacerbate our customer concentration risk.

Also, we do not typically enter into long-term agreements with any of our customers.  Instead, we enter into a number of purchase order commitments with our customers, based on their current or projected needs.  We have in the past, and may in the future, lose customers or lose a particular product line of a customer due to the highly competitive conditions in the automotive aftermarket industry, including pricing pressures, consolidation of customers, customer initiatives to buy direct from foreign suppliers or other business considerations.  A decision by any significant customer, whether motivated by competitive conditions, financial difficulties or otherwise, to materially decrease the amount of products purchased from us, to change their manner of doing business with us, or to stop doing business with us, including a decision to source products directly from a low cost region such as Asia, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Because our sales are concentrated, and the market in which we operate is very competitive, we are under ongoing pressure from our customers to offer lower prices, extend payment terms, increase marketing allowances and other terms more favorable to these customers.  These customer demands have put continued pressure on our operating margins and profitability, resulted in periodic contract renegotiation to provide more favorable prices and terms to these customers, and significantly increased our working capital needs.

Our industry is highly competitive, and our success depends on our ability to compete with suppliers of automotive aftermarket products, some of which may have substantially greater financial, marketing and other resources than we do .

The automotive aftermarket industry is highly competitive, and our success depends on our ability to compete with domestic and international suppliers of automotive aftermarket products. In the Engine Management Segment, our competitors include ACDelco, Delphi Automotive PLC, Denso Corporation, Continental AG, Hitachi, Ltd., Motorcraft, Robert Bosch GmbH, Visteon Corporation, NGK Spark Plug Co., LTD., General Cable Corporation, Dorman Products, Inc. and several privately-owned companies importing products from Asia.   In the Temperature Control Segment, we compete with ACDelco, Delphi Automotive PLC, Denso Corporation, Motorcraft, Sanden International, Inc., Continental AG, and several privately-owned companies.  In addition, automobile manufacturers supply many of the replacement parts we sell.
 
Some of our competitors may have larger customer bases and significantly greater financial, technical and marketing resources than we do.  These factors may allow our competitors to:

· respond more quickly than we can to new or emerging technologies and changes in customer requirements by devoting greater resources than we can to the development, promotion and sale of automotive aftermarket products and services;
· engage in more extensive research and development;
· sell products at a lower price than we do;
· undertake more extensive marketing campaigns; and
· make more attractive offers to existing and potential customers and strategic partners.

We cannot assure you that our competitors will not develop products or services that are equal or superior to our products or that achieve greater market acceptance than our products or that in the future other companies involved in the automotive aftermarket industry will not expand their operations into product lines produced and sold by us.  We also cannot assure you that additional entrants will not enter the automotive aftermarket industry or that companies in the aftermarket industry will not consolidate.  Any such competitive pressures could cause us to lose market share or could result in significant price decreases and could have a material adverse effect upon our business, financial condition and results of operations.

There is substantial price competition in our industry, and our success and profitability will depend on our ability to maintain a competitive cost and price structure .

There is substantial price competition in our industry, and our success and profitability will depend on our ability to maintain a competitive cost and price structure.  This is the result of a number of industry trends, including the impact of offshore suppliers in the marketplace (particularly in China) which suppliers do not have the same infrastructure costs as we do, the consolidated purchasing power of large customers, and actions taken by some of our competitors in an effort to ‘‘win over’’ new business.  We have in the past reduced prices to remain competitive and may have to do so again in the future.  Price reductions have impacted our sales and profit margins and are expected to do so in the future.  Our future profitability will depend in part upon our ability to respond to changes in product and distribution channel mix, to continue to improve our manufacturing efficiencies, to generate cost reductions, including reductions in the cost of components purchased from outside suppliers, and to maintain a cost structure that will enable us to offer competitive prices.  Our inability to maintain a competitive cost structure could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our business is seasonal and is subject to substantial quarterly fluctuations, which impact our quarterly performance and working capital requirements .

Historically, our operating results have fluctuated by quarter, with the greatest sales occurring in the second and third quarters of the year and with revenues generally being recognized at the time of shipment.  It is in these quarters that demand for our products is typically the highest, specifically in the Temperature Control Segment of our business. In addition to this seasonality, the demand for our Temperature Control products during the second and third quarters of the year may vary significantly with the summer weather and customer inventories. For example, a cool summer, as we experienced in both 2014 and 2013, may lessen the demand for our Temperature Control products, while a warm summer, as we experienced in 2015, may increase such demand.  As a result of this seasonality and variability in demand of our Temperature Control products, our working capital requirements peak near the end of the second quarter, as the inventory build-up of air conditioning products is converted to sales and payments on the receivables associated with such sales have yet to be received.  During this period, our working capital requirements are typically funded by borrowing from our revolving credit facility.
 
We may incur material losses and significant costs as a result of warranty-related returns by our customers in excess of anticipated amounts .

Our products are required to meet rigorous standards imposed by our customers and our industry. Many of our products carry a warranty ranging from a 90-day limited warranty to a lifetime limited warranty, which generally covers defects in materials or workmanship, failure to meet industry published specifications and/or the result of installation error. In the event that there are material deficiencies or defects in the design and manufacture of our products and/or installation error, the affected products may be subject to warranty returns and/or product recalls. Although we maintain a comprehensive quality control program, we cannot give any assurance that our products will not suffer from defects or other deficiencies or that we will not experience material warranty returns or product recalls in the future.

We accrue for warranty returns as a percentage of sales, after giving consideration to recent historical returns. While we believe that we make reasonable estimates for warranty returns in accordance with our revenue recognition policies, actual returns may differ from our estimates. We have in the past incurred, and may in the future incur, material losses and significant costs as a result of our customers returning products to us for warranty-related issues in excess of anticipated amounts. Deficiencies or defects in our products in the future may result in warranty returns and product recalls in excess of anticipated amounts and may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our profitability may be materially adversely affected as a result of overstock inventory-related returns by our customers in excess of anticipated amounts .

We permit overstock returns of inventory that may be either new or non-defective or non-obsolete but that we believe we can re-sell. Customers are generally limited to returning overstocked inventory according to a specified percentage of their annual purchases from us. In addition, a customer’s annual allowance cannot be carried forward to the upcoming year.

We accrue for overstock returns as a percentage of sales, after giving consideration to recent historical returns. While we believe that we make reasonable estimates for overstock returns in accordance with our revenue recognition policies, actual returns may differ from our estimates. To the extent that overstocked returns are materially in excess of our projections, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially adversely affected.

We may be materially adversely affected by asbestos claims arising from products sold by our former brake business, as well as by other product liability claims .

In 1986, we acquired a brake business, which we subsequently sold in March 1998. When we originally acquired this brake business, we assumed future liabilities relating to any alleged exposure to asbestos-containing products manufactured by the seller of the acquired brake business. In accordance with the related purchase agreement, we agreed to assume the liabilities for all new claims filed after September 2001.  Our ultimate exposure will depend upon the number of claims filed against us on or after September 2001 and the amounts paid for indemnity and defense of such claims.

Actuarial consultants with experience in assessing asbestos-related liabilities conducted a study to estimate our potential claim liability as of August 31, 2015.  The updated study has estimated an undiscounted liability for settlement payments, excluding legal costs and any potential recovery from insurance carriers, ranging from $33.3 million to $51.1 million for the period through 2058. The change from the prior year study was a $2.8 million decrease for the low end of the range and a $4.3 million decrease for the high end of the range.  The decrease in the estimated undiscounted liability from the prior year study at both the low end and high end of the range reflects our actual experience over the prior twelve months, our historical data and certain assumptions with respect to events that may occur in the future.  Based on the information contained in the actuarial study and all other available information considered by us, we have concluded that no amount within the range of settlement payments was more likely than any other and, therefore, in assessing our asbestos liability we compare the low end of the range to our recorded liability to determine if an adjustment is required.  Based upon the results of the August 31, 2015 actuarial study, a favorable adjustment to the asbestos liability was not recorded in our consolidated financial statements as the difference between our recorded liability and the liability in the actuarial report at the low end of the range was not material.  Future legal costs, which are expensed as incurred and reported in loss from discontinued operations in the accompanying statement of operations, are estimated, according to the updated study, to range from $40 million to $75.5 million for the period through 2058.
 
At December 31, 2015, approximately 2,110 cases were outstanding for which we may be responsible for any related liabilities.  Since inception in September 2001 through December 31, 2015, the amounts paid for settled claims are approximately $18.9 million.  A substantial increase in the number of new claims or increased settlement payments or awards of damages could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Given the uncertainties associated with projecting asbestos-related matters into the future and other factors outside our control, we cannot give any assurance that significant increases in the number of claims filed against us will not occur, that asbestos-related damages or settlement awards will not exceed the amount we have in reserve, or that additional provisions will not be required. Management will continue to monitor the circumstances surrounding these potential liabilities in determining whether additional reserves and provisions may be necessary. We plan on performing a similar annual actuarial analysis during the third quarter of each year for the foreseeable future.

In addition to asbestos-related claims, our product sales entail the risk of involvement in other product liability actions.  We maintain product liability insurance coverage, but we cannot give any assurance that current or future policy limits will be sufficient to cover all possible liabilities.  Further, we can give no assurance that adequate product liability insurance will continue to be available to us in the future or that such insurance may be maintained at a reasonable cost to us. In the event of a successful product liability claim against us, a lack or insufficiency of insurance coverage could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Severe weather, natural disasters and other disruptions could adversely impact our operations at our manufacturing and distribution facilities.

Severe weather conditions and natural disasters, such as hurricanes, floods and tornados, could damage our properties and effect our operations, particularly our major manufacturing and distribution operations at foreign facilities in Canada, Mexico and Poland, and at our domestic facilities in Florida, Indiana, Kansas, South Carolina, Texas, and Virginia. In addition, our business and operations could be materially adversely affected in the event of other serious disruptions at these facilities due to fire, electrical blackouts, power losses, telecommunications failures, terrorist attack or similar events.  Any of these occurrences could impair our ability to adequately manufacture or supply our customers due to all or a significant portion of our equipment or inventory being damaged. We may not be able to effectively shift the manufacture or delivery of products to our customers if one or more of our manufacturing or distribution facilities are significantly disrupted.

Our operations would be materially and adversely affected if we are unable to purchase raw materials, manufactured components or equipment from our suppliers.

Because we purchase various types of raw materials, finished goods, equipment, and component parts from suppliers, we may be materially and adversely affected by the failure of those suppliers to perform as expected.  This non-performance may consist of delivery delays or failures caused by production issues or delivery of non-conforming products.  The risk of non-performance may also result from the insolvency or bankruptcy of one or more of our suppliers.  Our suppliers’ ability to supply products to us is also subject to a number of risks, including availability and cost of raw materials, destruction of their facilities, or work stoppages.  In addition, our failure to promptly pay, or order sufficient quantities of inventory from our suppliers may increase the cost of products we purchase or may lead to suppliers refusing to sell products to us at all.  Our efforts to protect against and to minimize these risks may not always be effective.
 
Our operations could be adversely affected by interruptions or breaches in the security of our computer and information technology systems.

We rely on information technology systems throughout our organization to conduct day-to-day business operations, including the management of our supply chain and our purchasing, receiving and distribution functions.  We also routinely use our information technology systems to send, receive, store, access and use sensitive data relating to our Company and its employees, customers, suppliers, and business partners, including intellectual property, proprietary business information, and other sensitive materials.  Our information technology systems have been subject to cyber threats, including attempts to hack into our network and computer viruses.  Such hacking attempts and computer viruses have not significantly impacted or interrupted our business operations.  While we implement security measures designed to prevent and mitigate the risk of cyber attacks, our information technology systems, and those functions that we may outsource, may continue to be vulnerable to computer viruses, attacks by hackers, or unauthorized access caused by employee error or malfeasance.  The exploitation of any such vulnerability in our information technology systems, or those functions that we may outsource, could unexpectedly compromise the information security of our customers, suppliers and other business partners.  Furthermore, because the techniques used to carry out cyber attacks change frequently and in many instances are not recognized until after they are used against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these changes or implement adequate preventative measures.  If our information technology systems are subject to cyber attacks, such as those involving significant or extensive system interruptions, sabotage, computer viruses or unauthorized access, we could experience disruptions to our business operations and incur substantial remediation costs, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We may not be able to achieve the benefits that we expect from our cost savings initiatives.

We continue to implement a number of cost savings programs including closing our Grapevine, Texas facility and moving some US production to other facilities, both domestically and to our low cost facilities in Mexico and Poland.  We are also integrating and transferring acquired assets and businesses to company facilities.  Although we expect to realize cost savings as a result of these initiatives, we may not be able to achieve the level of benefits that we expect to realize or we may not be able to realize these benefits within the time frames we currently expect.  Our ability to achieve any anticipated cost savings could be affected by a number of factors such as changes in the amount, timing and character of charges related to such initiatives and failure to complete or a substantial delay in completing such initiatives.  Failure to achieve the benefits of our cost saving initiatives could have a material adverse effect on us.  Our cost savings is also predicated upon maintaining our sales levels.

Risks Related to Liquidity

We are exposed to risks related to our receivables factoring arrangements.

We have entered into factoring arrangements with financial institutions to sell certain of our customers’ trade accounts receivable without recourse.  If we do not enter into these factoring arrangements, our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially and adversely affected by delays or failures in collecting trade accounts receivables.  In addition, if any of the financial institutions with which we have factoring arrangements experience financial difficulties or otherwise terminate our factoring arrangements, we may experience material and adverse economic losses due to the loss of such factoring arrangements and the impact of such loss on our liquidity, which could have a material and adverse effect upon our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. The utility of our factoring arrangements also depends upon LIBOR, as it is a component of the discount rate applicable to each arrangement. If LIBOR increases such that the cost of factoring becomes more than the cost of servicing our receivables with existing debt, we may not be able to rely on such factoring arrangements, which could have a material and adverse effect upon our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
 
Increasing our indebtedness could negatively affect our financial health.

We have an existing revolving bank credit facility of $250 million with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as agent, and a syndicate of lenders, which we refer to throughout this Report as our revolving credit facility.  As of December 31, 2015, our total outstanding indebtedness was $47.5 million, of which amount $47.4 million of outstanding indebtedness and approximately $128.5 million of availability was attributable to this revolving credit facility.  Any significant increase in our indebtedness could increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions and limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate.

In addition, we have granted the lenders under our revolving credit facility a first priority security interest in substantially all of our currently owned and future acquired personal property and other assets. We have also pledged shares of stock in our subsidiaries to those lenders.  If we default on any of our indebtedness, or if we are unable to obtain necessary liquidity, our business could be adversely affected.

We may not be able to generate the significant amount of cash needed to service our indebtedness and fund our future operations.

Our ability either to make payments on or to refinance our indebtedness, or to fund planned capital expenditures and research and development efforts, will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future. Our ability to generate cash is in part subject to:

· general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control;
· the ability of our customers to pay timely the amounts we have billed; and
· our ability to factor receivables under customer draft programs.

The occurrence of any of the foregoing factors could result in reduced cash flow, which could have a material adverse effect on us.

Based on our current level of operations, we believe our cash flow from operations, available cash and available borrowings under our revolving credit facility will be adequate to meet our future liquidity needs for at least the next twelve months.  Significant assumptions underlie this belief, including, among other things, that there will be no material adverse developments in our business, liquidity or capital requirements. If we are unable to service our indebtedness, we will be forced to adopt an alternative strategy that may include actions such as:

· deferring, reducing or eliminating future cash dividends;
· reducing or delaying capital expenditures or restructuring activities;
· reducing or delaying research and development efforts;
· selling assets;
· deferring or refraining from pursuing certain strategic initiatives and acquisitions;
· refinancing our indebtedness; and
· seeking additional funding.

We cannot assure you that, if material adverse developments in our business, liquidity or capital requirements should occur, our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations, or that future borrowings will be available to us under our revolving credit facility in amounts sufficient to enable us to pay the principal and interest on our indebtedness, or to fund our other liquidity needs. In addition, if we default on any of our indebtedness, or breach any financial covenant in our revolving credit facility, our business could be adversely affected.
 
Risks Related to External Factors

Our results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected by global economic conditions.

Continued weakness in the global economy, including the potential for a prolonged global economic recession, high unemployment, and a global increase in commodity prices, may materially and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. These conditions may also materially impact our customers, suppliers and other parties with whom we do business.  For example, end users may put off discretionary repairs or, as a result of increases in average fuel prices, drive less miles thereby resulting in less need for our products.  Economic conditions that adversely affect our customers may cause them to terminate existing purchase orders or to reduce the volume of products they purchase from us in the future. In connection with the sale of products, we normally do not require collateral as security for customer receivables and do not purchase credit insurance. We may have significant balances owing from customers that operate in cyclical industries and under leveraged conditions that may impair the collectability of those receivables. Failure to collect a significant portion of amounts due on those receivables could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. Adverse economic conditions may also cause our suppliers to be unable to meet their commitments to us or may cause suppliers to make changes in the credit terms they extend to us, such as shortening the required payment period for outstanding accounts receivable or reducing the maximum amount of trade credit available to us.  Changes of this type or worsening economic conditions could significantly affect our liquidity and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

We conduct our manufacturing and distribution operations on a worldwide basis and are subject to risks associated with doing business outside the United States.

We have manufacturing and distribution facilities in many countries, including Canada, Poland and Mexico, and increasing our manufacturing footprint in low cost regions is an important element of our strategy.  There are a number of risks associated with doing business internationally, including: (a) exposure to local economic and political conditions; (b) social unrest such as risks of terrorism or other hostilities; (c) currency exchange rate fluctuations and currency controls; (d) export and import restrictions; and (e) the potential for shortages of trained labor.  In particular, there has been social unrest in Mexico and any increased violence in or around our manufacturing facilities in Mexico could impact our business by disrupting our supply chain, the delivery of products to customers, and the reluctance of our customers to visit our Mexican facilities.  In addition, the increased violence in or around our manufacturing facilities in Mexico could present several risks to our employees who may be directly affected by the violence and may result in a decision by them to relocate from the area, or make it difficult for us to recruit or retain talented employees at our Mexican facilities.  The likelihood of such occurrences and their potential effect on us is unpredictable and vary from country to country. Any such occurrences could be harmful to our business and our financial results.

We may incur liabilities under government regulations and environmental laws, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations .

Domestic and foreign political developments and government regulations and policies directly affect automotive consumer products in the United States and abroad.  Regulations and policies relating to over-the-highway vehicles include standards established by the United States Department of Transportation for motor vehicle safety and emissions.  The modification of existing laws, regulations or policies, or the adoption of new laws, regulations or policies, such as legislation offering incentives to remove older vehicles from the road, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
In August 2012, as required under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, the SEC adopted rules requiring us to provide disclosure regarding the use of specified minerals, known as conflict minerals, which are mined from the Democratic Republic of the Congo and adjoining countries.  The rules require us to engage in ongoing due diligence efforts, and to disclose the results of our efforts in May of each year.  The rules could affect the sourcing and availability of such minerals used in the manufacture of our products as the number of suppliers who provide conflict-free minerals may be limited.  In addition, we expect to incur additional costs and expenses in order to comply with these rules, including for (i) due diligence to determine whether conflict minerals are necessary to the functionality or production of any of our products and, if so, to verify the sources of such conflict minerals; and (ii) any changes that we may desire to make to our products, processes, or sources of supply as a result of such diligence and verification activities.  It is also possible that we may face reputational harm if we determine that certain of our products contain minerals not determined to be conflict-free and/or we are unable to alter our products, processes or sources of supply to avoid such materials.  We may also face difficulties in satisfying customers who may require that our products be certified as having conflict-free minerals, which could place us at a competitive disadvantage if we are unable to do so and lead to a loss of revenue.

Our operations and properties are subject to a wide variety of increasingly complex and stringent federal, state, local and international laws and regulations, including those governing the use, storage, handling, generation, treatment, emission, release, discharge and disposal of materials, substances and wastes, the remediation of contaminated soil and groundwater and the health and safety of employees. Such environmental laws, including but not limited to those under the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation & Liability Act, may impose joint and several liability and may apply to conditions at properties presently or formerly owned or operated by an entity or its predecessors, as well as to conditions at properties at which wastes or other contamination attributable to an entity or its predecessors have been sent or otherwise come to be located.

The nature of our operations exposes us to the risk of claims with respect to such matters, and we can give no assurance that violations of such laws have not occurred or will not occur or that material costs or liabilities will not be incurred in connection with such claims.  We are currently monitoring our environmental remediation efforts at one of our facilities and our reserve balance related to the environmental clean-up at this facility is $0.6 million at December 31, 2015.  The environmental testing and any remediation costs at such facility may be covered by several insurance policies, although we can give no assurance that our insurance will cover any environmental remediation claims.  We also maintain insurance to cover our existing U.S. and Canadian facilities. We can give no assurance that the future cost of compliance with existing environmental laws and the liability for known environmental claims pursuant to such environmental laws will not give rise to additional significant expenditures or liabilities that would be material to us. In addition, future events, such as new information, changes in existing environmental laws or their interpretation, and more vigorous enforcement policies of federal, state or local regulatory agencies, may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our future performance may be materially adversely affected by changes in technologies and improvements in the quality of new vehicle parts .

Changes in automotive technologies, such as vehicles powered by fuel cells or electricity, could negatively affect sales to our aftermarket customers. These factors could result in less demand for our products thereby causing a decline in our results of operations or deterioration in our business and financial condition and may have a material adverse effect on our long-term performance.

In addition, the size of the automobile replacement parts market depends, in part, upon the growth in number of vehicles on the road, increase in average vehicle age, change in total miles driven per year, new or modified environmental and vehicle safety regulations, including fuel-efficiency and emissions reduction standards, increase in pricing of new cars and new car quality and related warranties. The automobile replacement parts market has been negatively impacted by the fact that the quality of more recent automotive vehicles and their component parts (and related warranties) has improved, thereby lengthening the repair cycle. Generally, if parts last longer, there will be less demand for our products and the average useful life of automobile parts has been steadily increasing in recent years due to innovations in products and technology. In addition, the introduction by original equipment manufacturers of increased warranty and maintenance initiatives has the potential to decrease the demand for our products. When proper maintenance and repair procedures are followed, newer AC systems in particular are less prone to leak resulting in fewer AC system repairs. These factors could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

We maintain our executive offices in Long Island City, New York. The table below describes our principal facilities as of December 31, 2015.

 
 
 
Location
 
 
 
State or
Country
 
 
 
 
Principal Business Activity
 
 
Approx.
Square
Feet
 
Owned or
Expiration
Date
of Lease
                 
       
Engine Management
       
                 
Orlando
 
FL
 
Manufacturing
 
50,600
 
2017
Ft. Lauderdale
 
FL
 
Distribution
 
23,300
 
Owned
Ft. Lauderdale
 
FL
 
Distribution
 
30,000
 
Owned
Mishawaka
 
IN
 
Manufacturing
 
153,100
 
Owned
Edwardsville
 
KS
 
Distribution
 
363,500
 
Owned
Independence
 
KS
 
Manufacturing
 
337,400
 
Owned
Long Island City
 
NY
 
Administration
 
74,800
 
2018
Greenville
 
SC
 
Manufacturing
 
184,500
 
Owned
Disputanta
 
VA
 
Distribution
 
411,000
 
Owned
Reynosa
 
Mexico
 
Manufacturing
 
100,000
 
2018
Reynosa
 
Mexico
 
Manufacturing
 
153,000
 
2018
Bialystok
 
Poland
 
Manufacturing
 
89,700
 
2022
                 
       
Temperature Control
       
                 
Lewisville
 
TX
 
Administration and Distribution
 
415,000
 
2024
Grapevine
 
TX
 
Manufacturing
 
180,000
 
Owned
St. Thomas
 
Canada
 
Manufacturing
 
40,000
 
Owned
Reynosa
 
Mexico
 
Manufacturing
 
82,000
 
2019
Reynosa
 
Mexico
 
Warehousing
 
55,000
 
2017
                 
       
Other
       
                 
Mississauga
 
Canada
 
Administration and Distribution
 
128,400
 
2018
Irving
 
TX
 
Training Center
 
13,400
 
2021
 
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the information set forth in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Report under the captions “Asbestos,” “Litigation Charge” and “Other Litigation” appearing in Note 19, “Commitments and Contingencies” of the notes to our consolidated financial statements.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Our common stock trades publicly on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the trading symbol “SMP.” The following table shows the high and low sales prices per share of our common stock as reported by the NYSE and the dividends declared per share for the periods indicated:

   
High
   
Low
   
Dividend
 
                   
Fiscal Year ended December 31, 2015:
                 
First Quarter
 
$
43.72
   
$
35.07
   
$
0.15
 
Second Quarter
   
42.96
     
34.75
     
0.15
 
Third Quarter
   
37.06
     
30.30
     
0.15
 
Fourth Quarter
   
45.72
     
34.29
     
0.15
 
                         
Fiscal Year ended December 31, 2014:
                       
First Quarter
 
$
37.02
   
$
30.28
   
$
0.13
 
Second Quarter
   
44.85
     
35.50
     
0.13
 
Third Quarter
   
45.80
     
34.17
     
0.13
 
Fourth Quarter
   
40.25
     
32.62
     
0.13
 

The last reported sale price of our common stock on the NYSE on February 24, 2016 was $ 36.09 per share.  As of February 24, 2016, there were 486 holders of record of our common stock.
 
Dividends are declared and paid on the common stock at the discretion of our Board of Directors (the “Board”) and depend on our profitability, financial condition, capital needs, future prospects, and other factors deemed relevant by our Board. Our current practice is to pay dividends on a quarterly basis.  In January 2016, our Board voted to increase our quarterly dividend to a rate of $0.17 per share.  Our revolving credit facility permits dividends and distributions by us provided specific conditions are met.  See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Liquidity and Capital Resources” for a further discussion of our revolving credit facility.
 
There have been no unregistered offerings of our common stock during the fourth quarter of 2015.
 
Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

For a discussion of our stock repurchases, see the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

The following table provides information relating to the Company’s purchases of its common stock for the fourth quarter of 2015:

Period
 
Total Number of
Shares Purchased
(1)
   
Average
Price Paid
Per Share
   
Total Number of
Shares Purchased
as Part of Publicly
Announced Plans
or Programs (2)
   
Maximum Number (or
Approximate Dollar
Value) of Shares that
may yet be Purchased
Under the Plans or
Programs (2)
 
                         
October 1-31, 2015
   
70,242
   
$
35.37
     
70,242
   
$
1,996,614
 
November 1-30, 2015
   
     
     
     
1,996,614
 
December 1-31, 2015
   
41,747
     
38.79
     
41,747
     
377,398
 
Total
   
111,989
   
$
36.64
     
111,989
   
$
377,398
 

(1) All shares were purchased through the publicly announced stock repurchase programs in open market transactions.

(2) In February 2015, our Board of Directors authorized the purchase of up to $10 million of our common stock under a stock repurchase program.  In July 2015, our Board of Directors authorized the purchase of up to an additional $10 million of our common stock under another stock repurchase program.  Stock will be purchased from time to time, in the open market or through private transactions, as market conditions warrant. Under these programs, during the three months and twelve months ended December 31, 2015, we repurchased 111,989 shares and 551,791 shares of our common stock, respectively, at a total cost of $4.1 million and $19.6 million, respectively.  As of December 31, 2015, there was approximately $0.4 million available for future stock repurchases under the programs.  In January 2016, we repurchased an additional 10,135 shares of our common stock under the programs at a total cost of $0.4 million, thereby completing the 2015 Board of Directors authorizations.  
 
The following graph compares the five year cumulative total return on the Company’s Common Stock to the total returns on the Standard & Poor’s 500 Stock Index and the S&P 1500 Auto Parts & Equipment Index, which is a combination of automotive parts and equipment companies within the S&P 400, the S&P 500 and the S&P 600.  The graph shows the change in value of a $100 investment in the Company’s Common Stock and each of the above indices on December 31, 2010 and the reinvestment of all dividends. The comparisons in this table are required by the Securities and Exchange Commission and are not intended to forecast or be indicative of possible future performance of the Company’s Common Stock or the referenced indices.


   
 
 
 
SMP
 
 
 
 
S&P 500
 
S&P 1500 Auto
Parts &
Equipment
Index
2010  
 
100
 
100
 
100
2011  
 
149
 
102
 
87
2012  
 
169
 
118
 
87
2013  
 
284
 
157
 
144
2014  
 
298
 
178
 
149
2015  
 
302
 
181
 
140
 
* Source: S&P Capital IQ
 
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table sets forth selected consolidated financial data for the five years ended December 31, 2015.  This selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this Form 10-K.

   
Year Ended
December 31,
 
   
2015
   
2014
   
2013
   
2012
   
2011
 
         
(Dollars in thousands)
       
Statement of Operations Data:
                             
                               
Net sales
 
$
971,975
   
$
980,392
   
$
983,704
   
$
948,916
   
$
874,625
 
Gross profit
   
280,988
     
289,630
     
290,454
     
259,669
     
229,147
 
Litigation charge (1)
   
     
10,650
     
     
     
 
Operating income
   
75,860
     
85,338
     
86,863
     
71,431
     
64,899
 
Earnings from continuing operations
   
48,120
     
52,899
     
53,043
     
42,969
     
64,327
 
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax
   
(2,102
)
   
(9,870
)
   
(1,593
)
   
(1,616
)
   
(1,926
)
Net earnings (2) (3)
   
46,018
     
43,029
     
51,450
     
41,353
     
62,401
 
                                         
Per Share Data:
                                       
                                         
Earnings from continuing operations:
                                       
Basic
 
$
2.11
   
$
2.31
   
$
2.31
   
$
1.88
   
$
2.82
 
Diluted
   
2.08
     
2.28
     
2.28
     
1.86
     
2.78
 
Earnings per common share:
                                       
Basic
   
2.02
     
1.88
     
2.24
     
1.81
     
2.74
 
Diluted
   
1.99
     
1.85
     
2.21
     
1.79
     
2.70
 
Cash dividends per common share
   
0.60
     
0.52
     
0.44
     
0.36
     
0.28
 
                                         
Other Data:
                                       
                                         
Depreciation and amortization
 
$
17,637
   
$
17,295
   
$
17,595
   
$
16,466
   
$
14,145
 
Capital expenditures
   
18,047
     
13,904
     
11,410
     
11,811
     
11,037
 
Dividends
   
13,697
     
11,905
     
10,107
     
8,215
     
6,381
 
                                         
Cash Flows Provided By (Used In):
                                       
                                         
Operating activities
 
$
65,171
   
$
46,987
   
$
57,616
   
$
93,560
   
$
75,307
 
Investing activities
   
(18,011
)
   
(51,200
)
   
(24,762
)
   
(49,912
)
   
(75,890
)
Financing activities
   
(41,155
)
   
15,316
     
(39,295
)
   
(42,787
)
   
566
 
                                         
Balance Sheet Data (at period end):
                                       
                                         
Cash and cash equivalents
 
$
18,800
   
$
13,728
   
$
5,559
   
$
13,074
   
$
10,871
 
Working capital
   
235,824
     
215,204
     
225,761
     
196,381
     
172,106
 
Total assets
   
681,064
     
673,551
     
615,523
     
576,594
     
550,722
 
Total debt
   
47,505
     
56,816
     
21,481
     
40,648
     
73,299
 
Long‑term debt (excluding current portion)
   
62
     
83
     
16
     
75
     
190
 
Stockholders’ equity
   
391,979
     
374,153
     
349,432
     
307,587
     
271,953
 
 
Notes to Selected Financial Data

(1) During 2014, we recorded a $10.6 million litigation charge in connection with a settlement agreement in a legal proceeding with a third party.  The settlement amount was funded from cash on hand and available credit under our revolving credit facility.
 
(2) We recorded an after tax charge of $2.1 million, $9.9 million, $1.6 million, $1.6 million, and $1.9 million as loss from discontinued operations to account for legal expenses and potential costs associated with our asbestos‑related liability for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.  Such costs were also separately disclosed in the operating activity section of the consolidated statements of cash flows for those same years.
 
(3) In December 2011, we realized a non-recurring non-cash benefit of $21.5 million in our provision for income taxes related to a reduction of a significant portion of our deferred tax valuation allowance on net U.S. deferred tax assets.
 
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto. This discussion summarizes the significant factors affecting our results of operations and the financial condition of our business during each of the fiscal years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2015.

Overview

We are a leading independent manufacturer and distributor of replacement parts for motor vehicles in the automotive aftermarket industry, with a complementary focus on heavy duty, industrial equipment and the original equipment service market.  We are organized into two major operating segments, each of which focuses on specific lines of replacement parts.  Our Engine Management Segment manufactures and remanufactures ignition and emission parts, ignition wires, battery cables, fuel system parts and sensors for vehicle systems.  Our Temperature Control Segment manufactures and remanufactures air conditioning compressors, air conditioning and heating parts, engine cooling system parts, power window accessories, and windshield washer system parts.

We sell our products primarily to warehouse distributors, large retail chains,   original equipment manufacturers and original equipment service part operations in the United States, Canada, Latin America, and Europe.  Our customers consist of many of the leading warehouse distributors and auto parts retail chains, such as NAPA Auto Parts (National Automotive Parts Association, Inc.), Advance Auto Parts, Inc./CARQUEST Auto Parts, AutoZone, Inc., O’Reilly Automotive, Inc., Canadian Tire Corporation Limited and The Pep Boys Manny, Moe & Jack, as well as national program distribution groups, such as Auto Value and All Pro/Bumper to Bumper (Aftermarket Auto Parts Alliance, Inc.), Automotive Distribution Network LLC, The National Pronto Association (“Pronto”), Federated Auto Parts Distributors, Inc. (“Federated”), Pronto and Federated’s newly formed organization, the Automotive Parts Services Group or The Group, and specialty market distributors. We distribute parts under our own brand names, such as Standard®, Blue Streak®, BWD®, Select®, Intermotor®, GP Sorensen®, TechSmart®, Tech Expert®, OEM®, LockSmart®, Four Seasons®, Factory Air®, EVERCO®, ACi®, Imperial®, COMPRESSORWORKS®, TORQFLO® and Hayden® and through co-labels and private labels, such as CARQUEST® BWD®, CARQUEST® Intermotor®, Duralast®, Duralast Gold®, Import Direct®, Master Pro®, Murray®, NAPA®, NAPA® Echlin®, NAPA Proformer™ Mileage Plus®, NAPA Temp Products™, Cold Power®, Driveworks TM , ToughOne TM and NAPA® Belden®.

Business Strategy

Our goal is to grow revenues and earnings and deliver returns in excess of our cost of capital by providing high quality original equipment and replacement products to the engine management and temperature control markets. The key elements of our strategy are as follows:

· Maintain Our Strong Competitive Position in the Engine Management and Temperature Control Businesses.   We are one of the leading independent manufacturers and distributors serving North America and other geographic areas in our core businesses of Engine Management and   Temperature Control. We believe that our success is attributable to our emphasis on product quality, the breadth and depth of our product lines for both domestic and import vehicles, and our reputation for outstanding value-added services.

To maintain our strong competitive position in our markets, we remain committed to the following:

· providing our customers with broad lines of high quality engine management and temperature control products, supported by the highest level of value-added services;
· continuing to maximize our production, supply chain and distribution efficiencies;
 
· continuing to improve our cost position through increased global sourcing and increased manufacturing in low cost regions; and
· focusing on our engineering development efforts including a focus on bringing more product manufacturing in house.

· Provide Superior Value-Added Services, Product Availability and Technical Support.   Our goal is to increase sales to existing and new customers by leveraging our skills in rapidly filling orders, maintaining high levels of product availability, providing insightful customer category management, and providing technical support in a cost‑effective manner. In addition, our category management and technically skilled sales force professionals provide product selection, assortment and application support to our customers.

· Expand Our Product Lines.  We intend to increase our sales by continuing to develop internally, or through potential acquisitions, the range of Engine Management and Temperature Control products that we offer to our customers. We are committed to investing the resources necessary to maintain and expand our technical capability to manufacture multiple product lines that incorporate the latest technologies .

· Broaden Our Customer Base.   Our goal is to increase our customer base by (a) continuing to leverage our manufacturing capabilities to secure additional original equipment business globally with automotive, industrial, marine, military and heavy duty vehicle and equipment manufacturers and their service part operations as well as our existing customer base including traditional warehouse distributors, large retailers, other manufacturers and export customers, and (b) supporting the service part operations of vehicle and equipment manufacturers with value added services and product support for the life of the part.

· Improve Operating Efficiency and Cost Position.   Our management places significant emphasis on improving our financial performance by achieving operating efficiencies and improving asset utilization, while maintaining product quality and high customer order fill rates. We intend to continue to improve our operating efficiency and cost position by:

· increasing cost‑effective vertical integration in key product lines through internal development;
· focusing on integrated supply chain management, customer collaboration and vendor managed inventory initiatives;
· evaluating additional opportunities to relocate manufacturing to our low-cost plants located outside of the U.S.;
· maintaining and improving our cost effectiveness and competitive responsiveness to better serve our customer base, including sourcing certain materials and products from low cost regions such as those in Asia without compromising product quality;
· enhancing company‑wide programs geared toward manufacturing and distribution efficiency; and
· focusing on company‑wide overhead and operating expense cost reduction programs.

· Cash Utilization.   We intend to apply any excess cash flow from operations and the management of working capital primarily to reduce our outstanding indebtedness, pay dividends to our shareholders, repurchase shares of our common stock, expand our product lines and grow revenues through potential acquisitions.

The Automotive Aftermarket

The automotive aftermarket industry is comprised of a large number of diverse manufacturers varying in product specialization and size. In addition to manufacturing, aftermarket companies allocate resources towards an efficient distribution process and product engineering in order to maintain the flexibility and responsiveness on which their customers depend. Aftermarket manufacturers must be efficient producers of small lot sizes and do not have to provide systems engineering support. Aftermarket manufacturers also must distribute, with rapid turnaround times, products for a full range of domestic and import vehicles on the road. The primary customers of the automotive aftermarket manufacturers are national and regional warehouse distributors, large retail chains, automotive repair chains and the dealer service networks of original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”).
 
The automotive aftermarket industry differs substantially from the OEM supply business. Unlike the OEM supply business that primarily follows trends in new car production, the automotive aftermarket industry’s performance primarily tends to follow different trends, such as:

· growth in number of vehicles on the road;
· increase in average vehicle age;
· change in total miles driven per year;
· new or modified environmental and vehicle safety regulations, including fuel-efficiency and emissions reduction standards;
· increase in pricing of new cars;
· economic and financial market conditions;
· new car quality and related warranties;
· changes in automotive technologies;
· change in vehicle scrap rates; and
· change in average fuel prices.

Traditionally, the parts manufacturers of OEMs and the independent manufacturers who supply the original equipment (“OE”) part applications have supplied a majority of the business to new car dealer networks.  However, certain parts manufacturers have become more independent and are no longer affiliated with OEMs, which has provided, and may continue to provide, opportunities for us to supply replacement parts to the dealer service networks of the OEMs, both for warranty and out‑of‑warranty repairs.

Seasonality.   Historically, our operating results have fluctuated by quarter, with the greatest sales occurring in the second and third quarters of the year and revenues generally being recognized at the time of shipment. It is in these quarters that demand for our products is typically the highest, specifically in the Temperature Control Segment of our business.  In addition to this seasonality, the demand for our Temperature Control products during the second and third quarters of the year may vary significantly with the summer weather and customer inventories.  For example, a cool summer, as we experienced in both 2014 and 2013, may lessen the demand for our Temperature Control products, while a warm summer, as we experienced in 2015, may increase such demand.  As a result of this seasonality and variability in demand of our Temperature Control products, our working capital requirements typically peak near the end of the second quarter, as the inventory build‑up of air conditioning products is converted to sales and payments on the receivables associated with such sales have yet to be received. During this period, our working capital requirements are typically funded by borrowing from our revolving credit facility.

Inventory Management. We face inventory management issues as a result of warranty and overstock returns. Many of our products carry a warranty ranging from a 90-day limited warranty to a lifetime limited warranty, which generally covers defects in materials or workmanship and failure to meet industry published specifications and/or the result of installation error. In addition to warranty returns, we also permit our customers to return new, undamaged products to us within customer-specific limits (which are generally limited to a specified percentage of their annual purchases from us) in the event that they have overstocked their inventories. We accrue for overstock returns as a percentage of sales, after giving consideration to recent returns history.
 
In order to better control warranty and overstock return levels, we have in place procedures for authorized warranty returns, including for warranty returns which result from installation error, placed restrictions on the amounts customers can return and instituted a program to better estimate potential future product returns.  In addition, with respect to our air conditioning compressors, which are our most significant customer product warranty returns, we established procedures whereby a warranty will be voided if a customer does not provide acceptable proof that complete air conditioning system repair was performed.
 
Discounts, Allowances, and Incentives. We offer a variety of usual customer discounts, allowances and incentives.  First, we offer cash discounts for paying invoices in accordance with the specified discount terms of the invoice.  Second, we offer pricing discounts based on volume purchased from us and participation in our cost reduction initiatives.  These discounts are principally in the form of “off-invoice” discounts and are immediately deducted from sales at the time of sale. For those customers that choose to receive a payment on a quarterly basis instead of “off-invoice,” we accrue for such payments as the related sales are made and reduce sales accordingly.  Finally, rebates and discounts are provided to customers as advertising and sales force allowances, and allowances for warranty and overstock returns are also provided.  Management analyzes historical returns, current economic trends, and changes in customer demand when evaluating the adequacy of the sales returns and other allowances. Significant management judgments and estimates must be made and used in connection with establishing the sales returns and other allowances in any accounting period.  We account for these discounts and allowances as a reduction to revenues, and record them when sales are recorded.

Comparison of Fiscal Years 2015 and 2014

Sales .   Consolidated net sales for 2015 were $972 million, a decrease of $8.4 million compared to $980.4 million in the same period of 2014.  Consolidated net sales at our Engine Management Segment decreased year-over-year, which more than offset the increase in sales at our Temperature Control Segment.  Had the same Canadian Dollar and Polish Zloty exchange rates applied in 2014 been used in 2015, net sales for 2015 would have been $8.2 million higher, or $980.2 million.
 
The following table summarizes net sales and gross margins by segment for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively (in thousands):

Year Ended
December 31,
 
Engine
Management
   
Temperature
Control
   
 
Other
   
Total
 
2015
                       
Net sales
 
$
698,021
   
$
264,478
   
$
9,476
   
$
971,975
 
Gross margins
   
212,021
     
57,977
     
10,990
     
280,988
 
Gross margin percentage
   
30.4
%
   
21.9
%
   
%
   
28.9
%
                                 
2014
                               
Net sales
 
$
709,263
   
$
259,065
   
$
12,064
   
$
980,392
 
Gross margins
   
220,145
     
55,838
     
13,647
     
289,630
 
Gross margin percentage
   
31
%
   
21.6
%
   
%
   
29.5
%
 
Engine Management’s net sales decreased $11.2 million, or 1.6%, to $698 million for 2015.  Net sales in 2015 were negatively impacted by customer ordering patterns and diesel injector returns for quality inspection.  Also contributing to the reduction in net sales was the negative impact of foreign currency exchange rates.  Had the same Polish Zloty exchange rate applied in 2014 been used in 2015, net sales for 2015 would have been $1.5 million higher, or $699.5 million.
 
Temperature Control’s net sales increased $5.4 million, or 2.1%, to $264.5 million for 2015.  Included in the 2015 net sales are incremental sales of $4.7 million from our asset acquisition of Annex Manufacturing, acquired in April 2014.  Excluding the incremental sales from the acquisition, Temperature Control’s net sales increased $0.7 million compared to 2014.  The year-over-year increase in net sales at Temperature Control resulted from the impact of warmer summer conditions in 2015 as compared to the same period in 2014.  Offsetting the increase in net sales at Temperature Control was the negative impact of foreign currency exchange rates.  Had the same Canadian exchange rate applied in 2014 been used in 2015, net sales for 2015 would have been $1.1 million higher, or $265.6 million.  Demand for our Temperature Control products may vary significantly with summer weather conditions and customer inventories.
 
Gross Margins.   Gross margins, as a percentage of consolidated net sales, decreased to 28.9% in 2015 compared to 29.5% in 2014.  Gross margins at Engine Management decreased 0.6 percentage points from 31% to 30.4% while gross margins at Temperature Control increased 0.3 percentage points from 21.6% to 21.9%.  The gross margin percentage decline in Engine Management compared to the prior year was primarily the result of costs incurred to improve our diesel manufacturing production processes and quality controls.  The gross margin percentage increase in Temperature Control compared to the prior year reflects the impact of higher production volumes to meet the increase in customer demand due to warmer year-over-year summer weather conditions.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses.  Selling, general and administrative expenses (“SG&A”) increased to $206.3 million, or 21.2% of consolidated net sales in 2015, as compared to $193.5 million or 19.7% of consolidated net sales in 2014.  The $12.8 million increase in SG&A expenses as compared to 2014 reflects the impact of the net $3.5 million charge recorded in 2015 to reduce our outstanding accounts receivable balance from one of our customers that filed for bankruptcy in January 2016 to our estimated recovery amount, in addition to higher selling, marketing and distribution expenses, higher expenses related to the sale of receivables, and higher employee compensation and benefit costs including the reduction of postretirement prior service cost benefit amortization.

Litigation Charge.  During 2014, we recorded a $10.6 million litigation charge in connection with a settlement agreement in a legal proceeding with a third party.  The settlement amount was paid in September 2014 and was funded from cash on hand and available credit under our revolving credit facility.  For additional information, see Note 19 of the notes to our financial statements.

Restructuring and Integration (Income) Expenses.   Restructuring and integration income was $0.1 million in 2015 compared to restructuring and integration expenses of $1.2 million in 2014.  Components of our restructuring and integration accruals, by segment, were as follows (in thousands):

   
Engine
Management
   
Temperature
Control
   
 
Other
   
Total
 
Exit activity liability at December 31, 2014
 
$
1,289
   
$
180
   
$
207
   
$
1,676
 
Restructuring and integration costs:
                               
Amounts provided for during 2015
   
(131
)
   
17
     
(20
)
   
(134
)
Cash payments
   
(373
)
   
(197
)
   
(111
)
   
(681
)
Exit activity liability at December 31, 2015
 
$
785
   
$
   
$
76
   
$
861
 

Other Income, Net.   Other income, net was $1 million in 2015 compared to $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2014.  During 2015 and 2014, we recognized $1 million of deferred gain related to the sale-leaseback of our Long Island City, New York facility.

Operating Income.   Operating income was $75.9 million in 2015, compared to $85.3 million in 2014.  Included in operating income in 2014 was a $10.6 million charge in connection with a settlement agreement in a legal proceeding with a third party.  Excluding the $10.6 million charge in 2014, operating income in 2014 was $95.9 million.  The year-over year decline in operating income is the result of lower net sales, lower gross margins as a percentage of consolidated net sales and higher SG&A expenses.

Other Non-Operating Income (Expense), Net.   Other non-operating expense, net was $0.2 million in 2015, compared to other non-operating expense, net of $2 million in 2014.  During 2015, we recognized foreign currency losses of $0.7 million, and upon entering into a new revolving credit agreement wrote-off $0.8 million of unamortized deferred financing costs associated with the prior revolving credit agreement.  Offsetting these other non-operating expenses in 2015 were $1 million of equity income from our joint ventures, and interest, dividend income and other income of $0.2 million.  Other non-operating expense, net during 2014 consisted of foreign currency losses of $1.6 million and equity losses from our joint ventures of $0.8 million, which were offset by interest and dividend income of $0.3 million.
 
Interest Expense. Interest expense was essentially flat year-over year.  Interest expense was $1.5 million in 2015 compared to $1.6 million in 2014.  The lower average outstanding borrowings in 2015, when compared to 2014, were offset by slightly higher interest rates.

Income Tax Provision.   The income tax provision for 2015 was $26 million at an effective tax rate of 35.1%, compared to $28.9 million at an effective tax rate of 35.3% in 2014.  The effective tax rate was essentially flat year-over-year.

Loss from Discontinued Operations, Net of Income Tax Benefit.   Loss from discontinued operations, net of income tax, reflects information contained in the most recent actuarial studies performed as of August 31, 2015 and 2014, and other information available and considered by us, and legal expenses incurred associated with our asbestos-related liability.  During 2015 and 2014, we recorded a loss of $2.1 million and $9.9 million, net of tax, from discontinued operations, respectively.  The loss from discontinued operations in 2014 includes a $12.8 million pre-tax provision reflecting the impact of the results of the August 2014 actuarial study.  In 2015, the difference between the low end of the range in the August 2015 actuarial study and our recorded liability indicated a favorable pre-tax adjustment that was not material and, as such, was not recorded.  As discussed more fully in Note 19 of the notes to our financial statements, we are responsible for certain future liabilities relating to alleged exposure to asbestos containing products.

Comparison of Fiscal Years 2014 and 2013

Sales .   Consolidated net sales for 2014 were $980.4 million, a decrease of $3.3 million compared to $983.7 million in the same period of 2013.  Consolidated net sales decreased in both our Engine Management and Temperature Control Segments as compared to 2013.
 
The following table summarizes net sales and gross margins by segment for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively (in thousands):

Year Ended
December 31,
 
Engine
Management
   
Temperature
Control
   
 
Other
   
Total
 
2014
                       
Net sales
 
$
709,263
   
$
259,065
   
$
12,064
   
$
980,392
 
Gross margins
   
220,145
     
55,838
     
13,647
     
289,630
 
Gross margin percentage
   
31
%
   
21.6
%
   
%
   
29.5
%
                                 
2013
                               
Net sales
 
$
711,245
   
$
262,537
   
$
9,922
   
$
983,704
 
Gross margins
   
218,294
     
58,150
     
14,010
     
290,454
 
Gross margin percentage
   
30.7
%
   
22.1
%
   
%
   
29.5
%
 
Engine Management’s net sales decreased $2 million to $709.3 million for 2014.  The year-over-year decrease in net sales resulted primarily from lower net sales in the OE/OES and export markets as compared to 2013, which more than offset the higher net sales in the retail, traditional and specialty markets.
 
Temperature Control’s net sales decreased $3.5 million, or 1.3%, to $259.1 million for 2014.  The year-over-year decrease in net sales at Temperature Control resulted from the lower results in the traditional and retail markets offset, in part, by the higher net sales in the OE/OES and specialty markets.  Included in the 2014 net sales are incremental sales of $8.5 million from the business acquired in connection with our asset acquisition of Annex Manufacturing in April 2014.  Excluding the incremental sales from the acquisition, Temperature Control’s net sales decreased $12 million compared to 2013.  Demand for our Temperature Control products may vary significantly with summer weather conditions and customer inventories.
 
Gross Margins.   Gross margins, as a percentage of consolidated net sales, were flat at 29.5% when compared to 2013.  Gross margins at Engine Management increased 0.3 percentage points from 30.7% to 31% while gross margins at Temperature Control decreased 0.5 percentage points from 22.1% to 21.6%.  The gross margin percentage improvement in Engine Management compared to the prior year was primarily the result of improved global sourcing and manufacturing efficiencies, including the increase in manufacturing at our lower cost facilities.  The gross margin percentage decline in Temperature Control compared to the prior year resulted primarily from lower production volumes to bring inventories in line with anticipated market demand.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses.  Selling, general and administrative expenses (“SG&A”) decreased by $7.8 million to $193.5 million or 19.7% of consolidated net sales in 2014, as compared to $201.3 million or 20.5% of consolidated net sales in 2013.  The decrease in SG&A expenses as compared to 2013 is principally due to lower employee benefit costs and savings from the integration of the CompressorWorks acquisition in April 2012.

Litigation Charge.  During 2014, we recorded a $10.6 million litigation charge in connection with a settlement agreement in a legal proceeding with a third party.  The settlement amount was funded from cash on hand and available credit under our revolving credit facility.  For additional information, see Note 19 of the notes to our financial statements.

Restructuring and Integration Expenses.   Restructuring and integration expenses decreased to $1.2 million in 2014 compared to $3.4 million in 2013.  Components of our restructuring and integration accruals, by segment, were as follows (in thousands):

   
Engine
Management
   
Temperature
Control
   
Other
   
Total
 
Exit activity liability at December 31, 2013
 
$
1,556
   
$
567
   
$
1,619
   
$
3,742
 
Restructuring and integration costs:
                               
Amounts provided for during 2014
   
971
     
226
     
     
1,197
 
Non-cash usage, including asset write-downs
   
(10
)
   
(7
)
   
     
(17
)
Cash payments
   
(1,228
)
   
(606
)
   
(1,412
)
   
(3,246
)
Exit activity liability at December 31, 2014
 
$
1,289
   
$
180
   
$
207
   
$
1,676
 

During 2013, we offered a voluntary separation incentive program to certain eligible employees to reduce costs and improve our operating efficiency.  Eligible employees, who accepted the program, received enhanced severance and other retiree benefit enhancements.  In connection with the program, we recorded a charge of $1.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2013.

Other Income, Net.   Other income, net was $1.1 million in 2014 compared to $1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013.  During 2014 and 2013, we recognized $1 million of deferred gain related to the sale-leaseback of our Long Island City, New York facility.

Operating Income.   Operating income decreased $1.6 million to $85.3 million in 2014, compared to $86.9 million in 2013.  The year-over year decline in operating income reflects the impact of lower net sales and the $10.6 million litigation charge incurred in 2014 in connection with a settlement agreement in a legal proceeding with a third party, offset in part by lower SG&A and restructuring and integration expenses.

Other Non-Operating Income (Expense), Net.   Other non-operating expense, net was $2 million in 2014.  During 2014, we recognized foreign currency exchange losses of $1.6 million and equity losses from our joint ventures of $0.8 million, which were offset by interest and dividend income of $0.3 million.  Other non-operating income (expense), net during 2013 consisted of foreign currency losses of $0.1 million and equity losses from our joint ventures of $0.3 million, offset by interest and dividend income of $0.3 million.

Interest Expense. Interest expense decreased by $0.3 million to $1.6 million in 2014 compared to interest expense of $1.9 million in 2013 as average interest rates declined year-over-year.  The year-over-year decline in interest rates reflects the impact of the lower interest rates in our May 2013 amendment to our revolving credit facility.
 
Income Tax Provision.   The income tax provision for 2014 was $28.9 million at an effective tax rate of 35.3%, compared to $31.9 million at an effective tax rate of 37.6% in 2013.  The lower year-over-year effective tax rate is the result of the change in the mix of pre-tax income from the U.S. to the lower foreign tax rate jurisdictions, the reversal of previously established reserves for uncertain tax positions as a result of the expiration of the statue of limitations and tax return adjustments relating to production deductions and research and development credits.

Loss from Discontinued Operations, Net of Income Tax Benefit.   Loss from discontinued operations, net of income tax, reflects information contained in the most recent actuarial studies performed as of August 31, 2014 and 2013, and other information available and considered by us, and legal expenses incurred associated with our asbestos-related liability.  During 2014 and 2013, we recorded a loss of $9.9 million and $1.6 million, net of tax, from discontinued operations, respectively.  The loss from discontinued operations for 2014 includes a $12.8 million pre-tax provision reflecting the impact of the results of the August 2014 actuarial study.  No similar adjustment to our asbestos liability was made in 2013 as the difference between the low end of the range in the August 2013 actuarial study and our recorded liability was not material.  As discussed more fully in Note 19 in the notes to our financial statements, we are responsible for certain future liabilities relating to alleged exposure to asbestos containing products.

Restructuring and Integration (Income) Expenses

The aggregated liabilities included in “sundry payables and accrued expenses” and “other accrued liabilities” in the consolidated balance sheet relating to the restructuring and integration activities as of and for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, consisted of the following (in thousands):

   
Workforce
Reduction
   
Other Exit
Costs
   
Total
 
Exit activity liability at December 31, 2013
 
$
2,800
   
$
942
   
$
3,742
 
Restructuring and integration costs:
                       
Amounts provided for during 2014
   
639
     
558
     
1,197
 
Non-cash usage, including asset write-downs
   
     
(17
)
   
(17
)
Cash payments
   
(2,492
)
   
(754
)
   
(3,246
)
Exit activity liability at December 31, 2014
 
$
947
   
$
729
   
$
1,676
 
Restructuring and integration costs:
                       
Amounts provided for during 2015
   
(212
)
   
78
     
(134
)
Cash payments
   
(465
)
   
(216
)
   
(681
)
Exit activity liability at December 31, 2015
 
$
270
   
$
591
   
$
861
 

Liabilities associated with the remaining restructuring and integration costs as of December 31, 2015 relate primarily to employee severance and other retiree benefit enhancements to be paid through 2019 and environmental clean-up costs at our Long Island City, New York location in connection with the closure of our manufacturing operations at the site.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Operating Activities.   During 2015, cash provided by operations was $65.2 million, compared to $47 million in 2014.  Included in cash provided by operations during 2014 was a nonrecurring $10.6 million cash payment in connection with a settlement agreement in a legal proceeding with a third party.  During 2015, cash provided by operations was favorably impacted by (1) net earnings of $46 million compared to net earnings of $43 million in 2014; (2) the increase in accounts payable of $1.9 million compared to the year-over-year decrease in accounts payable of $4.3 million in 2014; and (3) the increase in sundry payables and accrued expenses of $1.9 million compared to the year-over-year decrease in sundry payables and accrued expenses of $7.7 million in 2014.  Partially offsetting the favorable result in operating cash flow was (1) the increase in accounts receivable of $2 million compared to the year-over-year decrease in accounts receivable of $1.8 million in 2014; and (2) the increase in inventory of $12.5 million compared to the year-over-year increase in inventory of $6.7 million in 2014.  We continue to actively manage our working capital to maximize our operating cash flow.
 
During 2014, cash provided by operations was $47 million, compared to $57.6 million in 2013.  Included in cash provided by operations during 2014 was a nonrecurring $10.6 million cash payment in connection with a settlement agreement in a legal proceeding with a third party.  During 2014, cash provided by operations was unfavorably impacted by (1) net earnings of $43 million compared to net earnings of $51.5 million in 2013; (2) the increase in inventory of $6.7 million compared to the year-over-year increase in inventory of $6.1 million in 2013; (3) the decrease in accounts payable of $4.3 million compared to the year-over-year increase in accounts payable of $12.5 million in 2013; and (4) the decrease in sundry payables and accrued expenses of $7.7 million compared to the year-over-year increase in sundry payables and accrued expenses of $8.7 million in 2013.  Partially offsetting the unfavorable result in operating cash flow was the decrease in accounts receivable of $1.8 million in 2014 compared to the year-over-year increase in accounts receivable of $27.3 million in 2013.

Investing Activities .   Cash used in investing activities was $18 million in 2015, compared to $51.2 million in 2014 and $24.8 million in 2013.  Investing activities in 2015 consisted of capital expenditures of $18 million.

Cash used in investing activities was $51.2 million in 2014.  Investing activities in 2014 consisted of (1) our acquisition of certain assets of Pensacola Fuel Injection Inc., our primary vendor for rebuilt diesel fuel injectors and other related diesel products, for $12.2 million; (2) our acquisition of a 50% interest in the joint venture with Gwo Yng Enterprise Co., Ltd., a China based manufacturer of air conditioning accumulators, filter driers, hose assemblies, and switches for the automotive aftermarket and OEM/OES markets for $14 million; (3) our acquisition of certain assets of Annex Manufacturing of Fort Worth, Texas, a distributor of a variety of temperature control products for the automotive aftermarket, for $11.5 million; and (4) capital expenditures of $13.9 million.

Cash used in investing activities was $24.8 million in 2013.  Cash used in investing activities in 2013 consisted primarily of (1) our acquisition of an approximate 25% minority interest in Orange Electronic Co. Ltd., our supplier of tire pressure monitoring systems located in Taiwan, for $6.3 million, (2) our acquisition of the original equipment business of Standard Motor Products Holdings Ltd., our former affiliate in the U.K., for $6.5 million, and (3) $11.4 million in capital expenditures.

Financing Activities .   Cash used in financing activities was $41.2 million in 2015, compared to cash provided by financing activities of $15.3 million in 2014, and cash used in financing activities of $39.3 million in 2013.  Cash provided by operating cash flow in 2015 was used to fund capital expenditures, pay dividends, repurchase company stock and reduce borrowings under our revolving credit facility.  During 2015, we reduced borrowings under our revolving credit facilities by $9.1 million and repurchased 551,791 shares of our common stock for $19.6 million.

Cash provided by financing activities was $15.3 million in 2014.  Borrowings under our revolving credit facility in 2014, along with the cash provided by operations, were used to pay dividends and to fund acquisitions, business investments, capital expenditures, and the repurchase of 284,284 shares of our common stock for $10 million.

Cash used in financing activities was $39.3 million in 2013.  The excess cash provided by operations over cash used in investing activities in 2013 was used to (1) pay down borrowings under our revolving credit facility; (2) to fund the purchase of 209,973 shares of our common stock for $6.9 million; (3) to pay $1.3 million of debt issuance costs in connection with our May 2013 amendment to our restated credit agreement; and (4) pay dividends.

Dividends of $13.7 million, $11.9 million and $10.1 million were paid in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.  Quarterly dividends were paid at a rate of $0.15 per share in 2015, $0.13 per share in 2014 and $0.11 per share in 2013.  In January 2016, our Board of Directors voted to increase our quarterly dividend from $0.15 per share in 2015 to $0.17 per share in 2016.
 
Liquidity

Our primary cash requirements include working capital, capital expenditures, regular quarterly dividends and principal and interest payments on indebtedness.  Our primary sources of funds are ongoing net cash flows from operating activities and availability under our secured revolving credit facility (as detailed below).

In October 2015, we entered into a Credit Agreement with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as agent, and a syndicate of lenders for a senior secured revolving credit facility with a line of credit of up to $250 million (with an additional $50 million accordion feature) and a maturity date in October 2020.  The new credit agreement replaces our prior credit facility with General Electric Capital Corporation, as agent, and the lenders therein.  Direct borrowings under the new credit agreement bear interest at LIBOR plus a margin ranging from 1.25% to 1.75% based on our borrowing availability, or floating at the alternate base rate plus a margin ranging from 0.25% to 0.75% based on our borrowing availability, at our option.  The credit agreement is guaranteed by certain of our subsidiaries and secured by certain of our assets.

Borrowings under the new credit agreement are secured by substantially all of our assets, including accounts receivable, inventory and certain fixed assets, and those of certain of our subsidiaries.  Availability under the credit agreement is based on a formula of eligible accounts receivable, eligible inventory, eligible equipment and eligible fixed assets.  After taking into account outstanding borrowings under the credit agreement, there was an additional $128.5 million available for us to borrow pursuant to the formula at December 31, 2015.  Outstanding borrowings under the credit agreements, which are classified as current liabilities, were $47.4 million and $56.6 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.  Borrowings under the restated credit agreement have been classified as current liabilities based upon the accounting rules and certain provisions in the agreement.

At December 31, 2015, the weighted average interest rate on our credit agreement was 1.7%, which consisted of $44 million in direct borrowings at 1.6% and an alternative base rate loan of $3.4 million at 3.8%.  At December 31, 2014, the weighted average interest rate under our prior credit facility with General Electric Capital Corporation was 1.8%, which consisted of $53 million in direct borrowings at 1.7% and an index loan of $3.6 million at 3.8%.  During 2015, our average daily alternative base rate/index loan balance was $4.9 million and during 2014 our average daily index loan balance under our prior credit facility with General Electric Capital Corporation was $4.4 million.

At any time that our borrowing availability is less than the greater of either (a) $25 million, or 10% of the commitments if fixed assets are not included in the borrowing base, or (b) $31.25 million, or 12.5% of the commitments if fixed assets are included in the borrowing base, the terms of the credit agreement provide for, among other provisions, a financial covenant requiring us, on a consolidated basis, to maintain a fixed charge coverage ratio of 1:1 at the end of each fiscal quarter (rolling four quarters).  As of December 31, 2015, we were not subject to these covenants.  The credit agreement permits us to pay cash dividends of $20 million and make stock repurchases of $20 million in any fiscal year subject to a minimum availability of $25 million.  Provided specific conditions are met, the credit agreement also permits acquisitions, permissible debt financing, capital expenditures, and cash dividend payments and stock repurchases of greater than $20 million.

The new credit agreement also replaces our Canadian Credit Agreement with GE Canada Finance Holding Company.  The new agreement with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. allows for a $10 million line of credit to Canada as part of the $250 million available for borrowing.

In order to reduce our accounts receivable balances and improve our cash flow, we sell undivided interests in certain of our receivables to financial institutions.  We enter these agreements at our discretion when we determine that the cost of factoring is less than the cost of servicing our receivables with existing debt.  Under the terms of the agreements, we retain no rights or interest, have no obligations with respect to the sold receivables, and do not service the receivables after the sale.  As such, these transactions are being accounted for as a sale.
 
Pursuant to these agreements, we sold $693.6 million and $690.3 million of receivables for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.  A charge in the amount of $14.3 million, $13.1 million and $13.9 million related to the sale of receivables is included in selling, general and administrative expenses in our consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.  If we do not enter into these arrangements or if any of the financial institutions with which we enter into these arrangements were to experience financial difficulties or otherwise terminate these arrangements, our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially and adversely affected by delays or failures to collect future trade accounts receivable.

In January 2016, one of our customers filed a petition for bankruptcy.  In connection with the bankruptcy filing, we evaluated our potential risk and exposure as related to our outstanding accounts receivable balance from the customer as of December 31, 2015, and estimated our anticipated recovery.  As a result of our evaluation, we recorded a net $3.5 million pre-tax charge during the year ended December 31, 2015 to reduce our accounts receivable balance to our estimated recovery.  The net $3.5 million pre-tax charge is included in selling, general and administrative expenses in our consolidated statement of operations.  We will continue to monitor the circumstances surrounding the bankruptcy in determining whether additional provisions may be necessary.

In May 2012, our Board of Directors authorized the purchase of up to $5 million of our common stock under a stock repurchase program.  Under this program, during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, we repurchased 30,601 shares and 312,527 shares, respectively, of our common stock at a total cost of $0.9 million and $4.1 million, respectively.  No stock repurchases remain available under the 2012 program as the entire $5 million was utilized.

In February 2013, our Board of Directors authorized the purchase of up to $6 million of our common stock under a stock repurchase program.  During the year ended December 31, 2013, we repurchased 179,372 shares of our common stock under this program at a total cost of $6 million.  No stock repurchases remain available under the 2013 program as the entire $6 million was utilized.

In February 2014, our Board of Directors authorized the purchase of up to $10 million of our common stock under a stock repurchase program.  During the year ended December 31, 2014, we repurchased 284,284 shares of our common stock under this program at a total cost of $10 million.  No stock repurchases remain available under the 2014 program as the entire $10 million was utilized.

In February 2015, our Board of Directors authorized the purchase of up to $10 million of our common stock under a stock repurchase program.  In July 2015, our Board of Directors authorized the purchase of up to an additional $10 million of our common stock under another stock repurchase program.  Under these programs, during the year ended December 31, 2015, we repurchased 551,791 shares of our common stock at a total cost of $19.6 million.  As of December 31, 2015, there was approximately $0.4 million available for future stock repurchases under the programs.  In January 2016, we repurchased an additional 10,135 shares of our common stock under the programs at a total cost of $0.4 million, thereby completing the 2015 Board of Directors authorizations.

We anticipate that our cash flow from operations, available cash and available borrowings under our revolving credit facility will be adequate to meet our future liquidity needs for at least the next twelve months.  Significant assumptions underlie this belief, including, among other things, that there will be no material adverse developments in our business, liquidity or capital requirements.  If material adverse developments were to occur in any of these areas, there can be no assurance that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations, or that future borrowings will be available to us under our revolving credit facility in amounts sufficient to enable us to pay the principal and interest on our indebtedness, or to fund our other liquidity needs.  In addition, if we default on any of our indebtedness, or breach any financial covenant in our revolving credit facility, our business could be adversely affected.
 
The following table summarizes our contractual commitments as of December 31, 2015 and expiration dates of commitments through 2025(a):

(In thousands)
 
2016
   
2017
   
2018
   
2019
   
2020
   
2021-
2025
   
Total
 
Lease obligations
 
$
7,393
   
$
6,278
   
$
4,421
   
$
2,645
   
$
2,303
   
$
6,269
   
$
29,309
 
Postretirement and pension benefits
   
2,568
     
63
     
59
     
54
     
50
     
181
     
2,975
 
Severance payments related to restructuring and integration
   
215
     
24
     
20
     
11
     
     
     
270
 
Total commitments
 
$
10,176
   
$
6,365
   
$
4,500
   
$
2,710
   
$
2,353
   
$
6,450
   
$
32,554
 

(a) Indebtedness under our revolving credit facilities of $47.4 million as of December 31, 2015 is not included in the table above as it is reported as a current liability in our consolidated balance sheets.

Critical Accounting Policies

We have identified the policies below as critical to our business operations and the understanding of our results of operations. The impact and any associated risks related to these policies on our business operations is discussed throughout “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” where such policies affect our reported and expected financial results. For a detailed discussion on the application of these and other accounting policies, see Note 1 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements. You should be aware that preparation of our consolidated annual and quarterly financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of our consolidated financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting periods. We can give no assurance that actual results will not differ from those estimates.  Although we do not believe that there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in the future estimate or in the assumptions that we use in calculating the estimate, unforeseen changes in the industry, or business could materially impact the estimate and may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Revenue Recognition. We derive our revenue primarily from sales of replacement parts for motor vehicles from both our Engine Management and Temperature Control Segments.  We recognize revenues when products are shipped and title has been transferred to a customer, the sales price is fixed and determinable, and collection is reasonably assured.  For some of our sales of remanufactured products, we also charge our customers a deposit for the return of a used core component which we can use in our future remanufacturing activities.  Such deposit is not recognized as revenue but rather carried as a core liability.  The liability is extinguished when a core is actually returned to us.  We estimate and record provisions for cash discounts, quantity rebates, sales returns and warranties in the period the sale is recorded, based upon our prior experience and current trends.  As described below, significant management judgments and estimates must be made and used in estimating sales returns and allowances relating to revenue recognized in any accounting period.

Inventory Valuation.   Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market.  Cost is determined on the first-in, first-out basis.  Where appropriate, standard cost systems are utilized for purposes of determining cost; the standards are adjusted as necessary to ensure they approximate actual costs.  Estimates of lower of cost or market value of inventory are determined based upon current economic conditions, historical sales quantities and patterns and, in some cases, the specific risk of loss on specifically identified inventories.

We also evaluate inventories on a regular basis to identify inventory on hand that may be obsolete or in excess of current and future projected market demand.  For inventory deemed to be obsolete, we provide a reserve on the full value of the inventory. Inventory that is in excess of current and projected use is reduced by an allowance to a level that approximates our estimate of future demand.  Future projected demand requires management judgment and is based upon (a) our review of historical trends and (b) our estimate of projected customer specific buying patterns and trends in the industry and markets in which we do business.  Using rolling twelve month historical information, we estimate future demand on a continuous basis.  As such, the historical volatility of such estimates has been minimal.
 
We utilize cores (used parts) in our remanufacturing processes for air conditioning compressors, diesel injectors, diesel pumps, and turbo chargers.  The production of air conditioning compressors, diesel injectors, diesel pumps, and turbo chargers, involves the rebuilding of used cores, which we acquire either in outright purchases from used parts brokers or from returns pursuant to an exchange program with customers.  Under such exchange programs, we reduce our inventory, through a charge to cost of sales, when we sell a finished good compressor, and put back to inventory the used core exchanged at standard cost through a credit to cost of sales when it is actually received from the customer.

Sales Returns and Other Allowances and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts. We must make estimates of potential future product returns related to current period product revenue.  We analyze historical returns, current economic trends, and changes in customer demand when evaluating the adequacy of the sales returns and other allowances.  Significant judgments and estimates must be made and used in connection with establishing the sales returns and other allowances in any accounting period.  At December 31, 2015, the allowance for sales returns was $38.8 million.

Similarly, we must make estimates of the uncollectability of our accounts receivables. We specifically analyze accounts receivable and analyze historical bad debts, customer concentrations, customer credit‑worthiness, current economic trends and changes in our customer payment terms when evaluating the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts.  In January 2016, one of our customers filed a petition for bankruptcy.  In connection with the bankruptcy filing, we evaluated our potential risk and exposure as related to our outstanding accounts receivable balance from the customer as of December 31, 2015, and estimated our anticipated recovery.  As a result of our evaluation, we recorded a net $3.5 million pre-tax charge during the year ended December 31, 2015 to reduce our accounts receivable balance to our estimated recovery.  We will continue to monitor the circumstances surrounding the bankruptcy in determining whether additional provisions may be necessary.  At December 31, 2015, the allowance for doubtful accounts and for discounts was $4.2 million.

New Customer Acquisition Costs .   New customer acquisition costs refer to arrangements pursuant to which we incur change-over costs to induce a new customer to switch from a competitor’s brand.  In addition, change-over costs include the costs related to removing the new customer’s inventory and replacing it with Standard Motor Products inventory commonly referred to as a stocklift.  New customer acquisition costs are recorded as a reduction to revenue when incurred.

Accounting for Income Taxes.   As part of the process of preparing our consolidated financial statements, we are required to estimate our income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate.  This process involves estimating our actual current tax expense together with assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items for tax and accounting purposes.  These differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included within our consolidated balance sheet. We must then assess the likelihood that our deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income, and to the extent we believe that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be recovered, we must establish a valuation allowance.  To the extent we establish a valuation allowance or increase or decrease this allowance in a period, we must include an expense or recovery, respectively, within the tax provision in the statement of operations.

We maintain valuation allowances when it is more likely than not that all or a portion of a deferred asset will not be realized.  In determining whether a valuation allowance is warranted, we evaluate factors such as prior earnings history, expected future earnings, carryback and carryforward periods and tax strategies. We consider all positive and negative evidence to estimate if sufficient future taxable income will be generated to realize the deferred tax asset.  We consider cumulative losses in recent years as well as the impact of one-time events in assessing our pre-tax earnings.  Assumptions regarding future taxable income require significant judgment.  Our assumptions are consistent with estimates and plans used to manage our business, which includes restructuring and integration initiatives that are expected to generate significant savings in future periods.
 
The valuation allowance of $0.4 million as of December 31, 2015 is intended to provide for the uncertainty regarding the ultimate realization of our U.S. foreign tax credit carryovers and foreign net operating loss carryovers. The assessment of the adequacy of our valuation allowance is based on our estimates of taxable income in these jurisdictions and the period over which our deferred tax assets will be recoverable.  Based on these considerations, we believe it is more likely than not that we will realize the benefit of the net deferred tax asset of $51.4 million as of December 31, 2015, which is net of the remaining valuation allowance.

In the event that actual results differ from these estimates, or we adjust these estimates in future periods for current trends or expected changes in our estimating assumptions, we may need to modify the level of the valuation allowance which could materially impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In accordance with generally accepted accounting practices, we recognize in our financial statements only those tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not-recognition threshold. We establish tax reserves for uncertain tax positions that do not meet this threshold.  As of December 31, 2015, we do not believe there is a need to establish a liability for uncertain tax positions.  Penalties associated with income tax matters are included in the provision for income taxes in our consolidated statement of operations.

Valuation of Long‑Lived and Intangible Assets and Goodwill.   At acquisition, we estimate and record the fair value of purchased intangible assets, which primarily consists of customer relationships, trademarks and trade names, patents and non-compete agreements.  The fair values of these intangible assets are estimated based on our assessment.  Goodwill is the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of identifiable net assets acquired in business combinations.  Goodwill and certain other intangible assets having indefinite lives are not amortized to earnings, but instead are subject to periodic testing for impairment.  Intangible assets determined to have definite lives are amortized over their remaining useful lives.

We assess the impairment of long‑lived assets, identifiable intangibles assets and goodwill whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable.  With respect to goodwill and identifiable intangible assets having indefinite lives, we test for impairment on an annual basis or in interim periods if an event occurs or circumstances change that may indicate the fair value is below its carrying amount.  Factors we consider important, which could trigger an impairment review, include the following: (a) significant underperformance relative to expected historical or projected future operating results; (b) significant changes in the manner of our use of the acquired assets or the strategy for our overall business; and (c) significant negative industry or economic trends.  We review the fair values using the discounted cash flows method and market multiples.

When performing our evaluation of goodwill for impairment, if we conclude qualitatively that it is not more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, than the two-step impairment test is not required.  If we are unable to reach this conclusion, then we would perform the two-step impairment test.  Initially, the fair value of the reporting unit is compared to its carrying amount.  To the extent the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds the fair value of the reporting unit; we are required to perform a second step, as this is an indication that the reporting unit goodwill may be impaired.  In this step, we compare the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill with the carrying amount of the reporting unit goodwill and recognize a charge for impairment to the extent the carrying value exceeds the implied fair value. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined by allocating the fair value of the reporting unit to all of the assets (recognized and unrecognized) and liabilities of the reporting unit in a manner similar to a purchase price allocation. The residual fair value after this allocation is the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill.  In addition, identifiable intangible assets having indefinite lives are reviewed for impairment on an annual basis using a methodology consistent with that used to evaluate goodwill.
 
Intangible assets having definite lives and other long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events such as product discontinuance, plant closures, product dispositions or other changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.  In reviewing for impairment, we compare the carrying value of such assets to the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected from the use of the assets and their eventual disposition.  When the estimated undiscounted future cash flows are less than their carrying amount, an impairment loss is recognized equal to the difference between the assets fair value and their carrying value.

There are inherent assumptions and estimates used in developing future cash flows requiring our judgment in applying these assumptions and estimates to the analysis of identifiable intangibles and long‑lived asset impairment including projecting revenues, interest rates, tax rates and the cost of capital.  Many of the factors used in assessing fair value are outside our control and it is reasonably likely that assumptions and estimates will change in future periods.  These changes can result in future impairments.  In the event our planning assumptions were modified resulting in impairment to our assets, we would be required to include an expense in our statement of operations, which could materially impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Retirement and Postretirement Medical Benefits.   Each year, we calculate the costs of providing retiree benefits under the provisions of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 712, Nonretirement Postemployment Benefits , and FASB ASC 715, Retirement Benefits .  The determination of defined benefit pension and postretirement plan obligations and their associated costs requires the use of actuarial computations to estimate participant plan benefits the employees will be entitled to.  The key assumptions used in making these calculations are the eligibility criteria of participants and the discount rate used to value the future obligation.  The discount rate reflects the yields available on high-quality, fixed-rate debt securities.

Share-Based Compensation.  The provisions of FASB ASC 718, Stock Compensation , require the measurement and recognition of compensation expense for all share-based payment awards made to employees and directors based on estimated fair values on the grant date.  The value of the portion of the award that is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service periods in our condensed consolidated statement of operations.  Forfeitures are estimated at the time of grant based on historical trends in order to estimate the amount of share-based awards that will ultimately vest.  We monitor actual forfeitures for any subsequent adjustment to forfeiture rates.

Environmental Reserves.   We are subject to various U.S. Federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations and are involved in certain environmental remediation efforts. We estimate and accrue our liabilities resulting from such matters based upon a variety of factors including the assessments of environmental engineers and consultants who provide estimates of potential liabilities and remediation costs. Such estimates are not discounted to reflect the time value of money due to the uncertainty in estimating the timing of the expenditures, which may extend over several years.  Potential recoveries from insurers or other third parties of environmental remediation liabilities are recognized independently from the recorded liability, and any asset related to the recovery will be recognized only when the realization of the claim for recovery is deemed probable.

Asbestos Litigation. We are responsible for certain future liabilities relating to alleged exposure to asbestos-containing products.  In accordance with our accounting policy, our most recent actuarial study as of August 31, 2015 estimated an undiscounted liability for settlement payments, excluding legal costs and any potential recovery from insurance carriers, ranging from $33.3 million to $51.1 million for the period through 2058.  Based on the information contained in the actuarial study and all other available information considered by us, we have concluded that no amount within the range of settlement payments was more likely than any other and, therefore, in assessing our asbestos liability we compare the low end of the range to our recorded liability to determine if an adjustment is required.  Based upon the results of the August 31, 2015 actuarial study, a favorable adjustment to the asbestos liability was not recorded in our consolidated financial statements as the difference between our recorded liability and the liability in the actuarial report at the low end of the range was not material.  In addition, according to the updated study, future legal costs, which are expensed as incurred and reported in loss from discontinued operations in the accompanying statement of operations, are estimated to range from $40 million to $75.5 million for the period through 2058. We will continue to perform an annual actuarial analysis during the third quarter of each year for the foreseeable future.  Based on this analysis and all other available information, we will continue to reassess the recorded liability and, if deemed necessary, record an adjustment to the reserve, which will be reflected as a loss or gain from discontinued operations.
 
Other Loss Reserves. We have other loss exposures, for such matters as legal claims and legal proceedings.  Establishing loss reserves for these matters requires estimates, judgment of risk exposure, and ultimate liability.  We record provisions when the liability is considered probable and reasonably estimable.  Significant judgment is required in both the determination of probability and the determination as to whether an exposure can be reasonably estimated.  As additional information becomes available, we reassess our potential liability related to these matters.  Such revisions of the potential liabilities could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

For a detailed discussion on recently issued accounting pronouncements and their impact on our consolidated financial statements, see Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” of the notes to our consolidated financial statements.
 
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We are exposed to market risk, primarily related to foreign currency exchange and interest rates. These exposures are actively monitored by management. Our exposure to foreign exchange rate risk is due to certain costs, revenues and borrowings being denominated in currencies other than one of our subsidiary’s functional currency.  Similarly, we are exposed to market risk as the result of changes in interest rates, which may affect the cost of our financing. It is our policy and practice to use derivative financial instruments only to the extent necessary to manage exposures.  We do not hold or issue derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.  As of December 31, 2015, we did not have any derivative financial instruments.

Exchange Rate Risk

We have exchange rate exposure, primarily, with respect to the Canadian Dollar, the Euro, the British Pound, the Polish Zloty, the Mexican Peso, the Taiwan Dollar, the Chinese Yuan Renminbi and the Hong Kong Dollar.  As of December 31, 2015, our monetary assets and liabilities which are subject to this exposure are immaterial, therefore, the potential immediate loss to us that would result from a hypothetical 10% change in foreign currency exchange rates would not be expected to have a material impact on our earnings or cash flows.  This sensitivity analysis assumes an unfavorable 10% fluctuation in the exchange rates affecting the foreign currencies in which monetary assets and liabilities are denominated and does not take into account the incremental effect of such a change on our foreign currency denominated revenues.

Interest Rate Risk

We manage our exposure to interest rate risk through the proportion of fixed rate debt and variable rate debt in our debt portfolio. To manage a portion of our exposure to interest rate changes, we have in the past entered into interest rate swap agreements.
 
At December 31, 2015, we had approximately $47.5 million in loans and financing outstanding, of which approximately $0.1 million bear interest at fixed interest rates and approximately $47.4 million bear interest at variable rates of interest.  We invest our excess cash in highly liquid short‑term investments. Our percentage of variable rate debt to total debt was 99.8% and 99.5% at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.  Depending upon the level of borrowings under our revolving credit facility and our excess cash, the effect of a hypothetical, instantaneous and unfavorable change of 100 basis points in the interest rate may have an approximate $0.7 million negative impact on our earnings or cash flows.

In addition, from time to time, we sell undivided interests in certain of our receivables to financial institutions.  We enter these agreements at our discretion when we determine that the cost of factoring is less than the cost of servicing our receivables with existing debt.  During the year ended December 31, 2015, we sold $693.6 million of receivables.  Depending upon the level of sales of receivables pursuant these agreements, the effect of a hypothetical, instantaneous and unfavorable change of 100 basis points in the margin rate may have an approximate $6.9 million negative impact on our earnings or cash flows.  The charge related to the sale of receivables is included in selling, general and administrative expenses in our consolidated statements of operations.
 
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

  
Page No.
    
Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
45
    
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm—Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
46
    
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm—Consolidated Financial Statements
47
    
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013
48
    
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013
49
    
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2015 and 2014
50
    
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013
51
    
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013
52
    
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
53
 
MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL
OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

To the Stockholders of
Standard Motor Products, Inc. and Subsidiaries:

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) or 15d-15(f) of the Exchange Act). Our internal control system was designed to provide reasonable assurance to our management and Board of Directors regarding the preparation and fair presentation of published financial statements.

All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations. Because of these inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation, and may not prevent or detect misstatements.  Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

We assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015. In making this assessment, we used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) in the 2013 Internal Control - Integrated Framework.   Based on our assessment using those criteria, we concluded that, as of December 31, 2015, our internal control over financial reporting is effective.

Our independent registered public accounting firm, KPMG LLP, has audited our consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2015 and has also audited the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015.  KPMG’s report appears on the following pages of this “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM—
INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Standard Motor Products, Inc. and Subsidiaries

We have audited Standard Motor Products, Inc. and subsidiaries’ (the “Company”) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015, based on criteria established in the 2013 Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, Standard Motor Products, Inc. and subsidiaries maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015, based on criteria established in the 2013 Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Standard Motor Products, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2015, and our report dated February 26, 2016 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

/s/ KPMG LLP
New York, New York
February 26, 2016
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM—
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Standard Motor Products, Inc. and Subsidiaries

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Standard Motor Products, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2015.  In connection with our audits of the consolidated financial statements, we also have audited the consolidated financial statement Schedule II, Valuation and Qualifying Accounts for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2015. These consolidated   financial statements and the accompanying consolidated financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated   financial statements and consolidated financial statement schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated   financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Standard Motor Products, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2015, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also in our opinion, the related consolidated financial statement schedule for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2015, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated   financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015, based on the criteria established in the 2013 Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”), and our report dated February 26, 2016 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ KPMG LLP
New York, New York
February 26, 2016
 
STANDARD MOTOR PRODUCTS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2015
   
2014
   
2013
 
   
(Dollars in thousands,
except share and per share data)
 
Net sales
 
$
971,975
   
$
980,392
   
$
983,704
 
Cost of sales
   
690,987
     
690,762
     
693,250
 
Gross profit
   
280,988
     
289,630
     
290,454
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses
   
206,287
     
193,525
     
201,256
 
Litigation charge
   
     
10,650
     
 
Restructuring and integration (income) expenses
   
(134
)
   
1,197
     
3,357
 
Other income, net
   
1,025
     
1,080
     
1,022
 
Operating income
   
75,860
     
85,338
     
86,863
 
Other non-operating income (expense), net
   
(220
)
   
(1,969
)
   
1
 
Interest expense
   
1,537
     
1,616
     
1,902
 
Earnings from continuing operations before taxes
   
74,103
     
81,753
     
84,962
 
Provision for income taxes
   
25,983
     
28,854
     
31,919
 
Earnings from continuing operations
   
48,120
     
52,899
     
53,043
 
Loss from discontinued operations, net of income tax benefit of $1,401, $6,580 and $1,062
   
(2,102
)
   
(9,870
)
   
(1,593
)
Net earnings
 
$
46,018
   
$
43,029
   
$
51,450
 
Net earnings per common share – Basic:
                       
Earnings from continuing operations
 
$
2.11
   
$
2.31
   
$
2.31
 
Discontinued operations
   
(0.09
)
   
(0.43
)
   
(0.07
)
Net earnings per common share – Basic
 
$
2.02
   
$
1.88
   
$
2.24
 
Net earnings per common share – Diluted:
                       
Earnings from continuing operations
 
$
2.08
   
$
2.28
   
$
2.28
 
Discontinued operations
   
(0.09
)
   
(0.43
)
   
(0.07
)
Net earnings per common share – Diluted
 
$
1.99
   
$
1.85
   
$
2.21
 
Dividends declared per share
 
$
0.60
   
$
0.52
   
$
0.44
 
Average number of common shares
   
22,811,862
     
22,899,516
     
22,974,690
 
Average number of common shares and dilutive common shares
   
23,142,394
     
23,239,925
     
23,270,067
 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
STANDARD MOTOR PRODUCTS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2015
   
2014
   
2013
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Net earnings
 
$
46,018
   
$
43,029
   
$
51,450
 
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:
                       
Foreign currency translation adjustments
   
(5,739
)
   
(3,781
)
   
(1,101
)
Pension and postretirement plans:
                       
Amortization of:
                       
Prior service benefit
   
(112
)
   
(3,017
)
   
(4,317
)
Unrecognized loss
   
2,261
     
2,435
     
3,123
 
Actuarial gains (losses)
   
462
     
(413
)
   
(343
)
Plan settlement
    654              
Foreign currency exchange rate changes
   
(23
)
   
(34
)
   
(32
)
Income tax (expense) benefit related to pension and postretirement plans
   
(1,325
)
   
372
     
577
 
Pension and postretirement plans, net of tax
   
1,917
     
(657
)
   
(992
)
Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax
   
(3,822
)
   
(4,438
)
   
(2,093
)
Comprehensive income
 
$
42,196
   
$
38,591
   
$
49,357
 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
STANDARD MOTOR PRODUCTS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

   
December 31,
 
   
2015
   
2014
 
   
(Dollars in thousands,
except share data)
 
ASSETS
           
CURRENT ASSETS:
           
Cash and cash equivalents
 
$
18,800
   
$
13,728
 
Accounts receivable, less allowances for discounts and doubtful accounts of $4,246 and $6,369 in 2015 and 2014, respectively
   
123,853
     
126,524
 
Inventories
   
285,793
     
278,051
 
Deferred income taxes
   
40,626
     
36,534
 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
   
10,668
     
11,196
 
Total current assets
   
479,740
     
466,033
 
                 
Property, plant and equipment, net
   
68,882
     
64,611
 
Goodwill
   
54,881
     
54,975
 
Other intangibles, net
   
29,386
     
34,402
 
Deferred incomes taxes
   
10,737
     
14,941
 
Other assets
   
37,438
     
38,589
 
Total assets
 
$
681,064
   
$
673,551
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
               
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
               
Notes payable
 
$
47,427
   
$
56,558
 
Current portion of long-term debt
   
16
     
175
 
Accounts payable
   
72,711
     
70,674
 
Sundry payables and accrued expenses
   
40,706
     
49,412
 
Accrued customer returns
   
38,812
     
30,621
 
Accrued rebates
   
27,196
     
26,076
 
Payroll and commissions
   
17,048
     
17,313
 
Total current liabilities
   
243,916
     
250,829
 
                 
Long-term debt
   
62
     
83
 
Other accrued liabilities
   
12,922
     
15,024
 
Accrued asbestos liabilities
   
32,185
     
33,462
 
Total liabilities
   
289,085
     
299,398
 
Commitments and contingencies
               
                 
Stockholders’ equity:
               
Common Stock - par value $2.00 per share:
               
Authorized 30,000,000 shares, issued 23,936,036 shares
   
47,872
     
47,872
 
Capital in excess of par value
   
93,247
     
91,411
 
Retained earnings
   
291,481
     
259,160
 
Accumulated other comprehensive income
   
(6,474
)
   
(2,652
)
Treasury stock - at cost (1,295,316 shares and 1,043,064 shares in 2015 and 2014, respectively)
   
(34,147
)
   
(21,638
)
Total stockholders’ equity
   
391,979
     
374,153
 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
 
$
681,064
   
$
673,551
 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
STANDARD MOTOR PRODUCTS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2015
   
2014
   
2013
 
   
(In thousands)
 
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
                 
Net earnings
 
$
46,018
   
$
43,029
   
$
51,450
 
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash provided by operating activities:
                       
Depreciation and amortization
   
17,637
     
17,295
     
17,595
 
Amortization of deferred financing cost
   
635
     
699
     
893
 
Increase (decrease) to allowance for doubtful accounts
   
3,371
     
(497
)
   
641
 
Increase to inventory reserves
   
1,864
     
3,553
     
4,636
 
Amortization of deferred gain on sale of buildings
   
(1,048
)
   
(1,048
)
   
(1,048
)
Equity (income) loss from joint ventures
   
(976
)
   
822
     
285
 
Employee Stock Ownership Plan allocation
   
2,208
     
1,826
     
4,376
 
Stock-based compensation
   
5,379
     
4,843
     
3,668
 
Excess tax benefits related to exercise of employee stock grants
   
(1,254
)
   
(1,269
)
   
(1,264
)
(Increase) decrease in deferred income taxes
   
(1,494
)
   
(4,959
)
   
(527
)
Decrease in unrecognized tax benefit
   
     
(350
)
   
 
Increase (decrease) in tax valuation allowance
   
87
     
(342
)
   
(480
)
Loss on discontinued operations, net of tax
   
2,102
     
9,870
     
1,593
 
Change in assets and liabilities:
                       
(Increase) decrease in accounts receivable
   
(1,996
)
   
1,755
     
(27,278
)
Increase in inventories
   
(12,503
)
   
(6,712
)
   
(6,094
)
(Increase) decrease in prepaid expenses and other current assets
   
367
     
(959
)
   
(4,048
)
Increase (decrease) in accounts payable
   
1,882
     
(4,329
)
   
12,497
 
Increase (decrease) in sundry payables and accrued expenses
   
1,874
     
(7,697
)
   
8,673
 
Net changes in other assets and liabilities
   
1,018
     
(8,543
)
   
(7,952
)
Net cash provided by operating activities
   
65,171
     
46,987
     
57,616
 
                         
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
                       
Acquisitions of and investments in businesses
   
     
(37,726
)
   
(12,760
)
Capital expenditures
   
(18,047
)
   
(13,904
)
   
(11,410
)
Other investing activities
   
36
     
430
     
(592
)
Net cash used in investing activities
   
(18,011
)
   
(51,200
)
   
(24,762
)
                         
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
                       
Net borrowings (repayments) under line-of-credit agreements
   
(9,131
)
   
35,152
     
(19,046
)
Net borrowings (payments) of long-term debt and capital lease obligations
   
(170
)
   
182
     
(120
)
Purchase of treasury stock
   
(19,623
)
   
(10,000
)
   
(6,864
)
Increase (decrease) in overdraft balances
   
851
     
522
     
(3,312
)
Payments of debt issuance costs
   
(748
)
   
     
(1,261
)
Proceeds from exercise of employee stock options
   
109
     
96
     
151
 
Excess tax benefits related to the exercise of employee stock grants
   
1,254
     
1,269
     
1,264
 
Dividends paid
   
(13,697
)
   
(11,905
)
   
(10,107
)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
   
(41,155
)
   
15,316
     
(39,295
)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
   
(933
)
   
(2,934
)
   
(1,074
)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
   
5,072
     
8,169
     
(7,515
)
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS at beginning of year
   
13,728
     
5,559
     
13,074
 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS at end of year
 
$
18,800
   
$
13,728
   
$
5,559
 
                         
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
                       
Cash paid during the year for:                        
Interest
 
$
901
   
$
882
   
$
1,050
 
Income taxes
 
$
27,513
   
$
27,562
   
$
33,489
 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
STANDARD MOTOR PRODUCTS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Years Ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013
 
   
Common Stock
   
Capital in Excess of
Par Value
   
Retained Earnings
   
Accumulated
Other Comprehensive Income
   
Treasury Stock
   
Total
 
(In thousands)
     
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2012
 
$
47,872
   
$
82,348
   
$
186,693
   
$
3,879
   
$
(13,205
)
 
$
307,587
 
Net earnings
   
     
     
51,450
     
     
     
51,450
 
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax
   
     
     
     
(2,093
)
   
     
(2,093
)
Cash dividends paid ($0.44 per share)
   
     
     
(10,107
)
   
     
     
(10,107
)
Purchase of treasury stock
   
     
     
     
     
(6,864
)
   
(6,864
)
Stock-based compensation and related tax benefits
   
     
2,917
     
     
     
1,933
     
4,850
 
Stock options exercised and related tax benefits
   
     
84
     
     
     
149
     
233
 
Employee Stock Ownership Plan
   
     
2,214
     
     
     
2,162
     
4,376
 
                                                 
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2013
   
47,872
     
87,563
     
228,036
     
1,786
     
(15,825
)
   
349,432
 
Net earnings
   
     
     
43,029
     
     
     
43,029
 
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax
   
     
     
     
(4,438
)
   
     
(4,438
)
Cash dividends paid ($0.52 per share)
   
     
     
(11,905
)
   
     
     
(11,905
)
Purchase of treasury stock
   
     
     
     
     
(10,000
)
   
(10,000
)
Stock-based compensation and related tax benefits
   
     
3,005
     
     
     
3,065
     
6,070
 
Stock options exercised and related tax benefits
   
     
17
     
     
     
122
     
139
 
Employee Stock Ownership Plan
   
     
826
     
     
     
1,000
     
1,826
 
                                                 
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2014
   
47,872
     
91,411
     
259,160
     
(2,652
)
   
(21,638
)
   
374,153
 
Net earnings
   
     
     
46,018
     
     
     
46,018
 
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax
   
     
     
     
(3,822
)
   
     
(3,822
)
Cash dividends paid ($0.60 per share)
   
     
     
(13,697
)
   
     
     
(13,697
)
Purchase of treasury stock
   
     
     
     
     
(19,623
)
   
(19,623
)
Stock-based compensation and related tax benefits
   
     
833
     
     
     
5,700
     
6,533
 
Stock options exercised and related tax benefits
   
     
2
     
     
     
207
     
209
 
Employee Stock Ownership Plan
   
     
1,001
     
     
     
1,207
     
2,208
 
                                                 
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2015
 
$
47,872
   
$
93,247
   
$
291,481
   
$
(6,474
)
 
$
(34,147
)
 
$
391,979
 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
STANDARD MOTOR PRODUCTS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation

Standard Motor Products, Inc. and subsidiaries (referred to hereinafter in these notes to the consolidated financial statements as “we,” “us,” “our” or the “Company”) is engaged in the manufacture and distribution of replacement parts for motor vehicles in the automotive aftermarket industry with a complementary focus on heavy duty, industrial equipment and the original equipment service market. The consolidated financial statements include our accounts and all domestic and international companies in which we have more than a 50% equity ownership. Our investments in unconsolidated affiliates are accounted for on the equity method, as we do not have a controlling financial interest. All significant inter-company items have been eliminated.

Use of Estimates

In conformity with generally accepted accounting principles, we have made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities to prepare these consolidated financial statements. Some of the more significant estimates include allowances for doubtful accounts, cash discounts, valuation of inventory, valuation of long-lived assets, goodwill and other intangible assets, depreciation and amortization of long-lived assets, product liability exposures, pensions and other postretirement benefits, asbestos, environmental and litigation matters, valuation of deferred tax assets, share based compensation and sales returns and other allowances. We can give no assurances that actual results will not differ from those estimates. Although we do not believe that there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in the future estimate or in the assumptions that we use in calculating the estimate, unforeseen changes in the industry, or business could materially impact the estimate and may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Reclassification

Certain prior period amounts in the accompanying consolidated financial statements and related notes have been reclassified to conform to the 2015 presentation.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

We consider all highly liquid investments purchased with a maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts and Cash Discounts

We do not generally require collateral for our trade accounts receivable. Accounts receivable have been reduced by an allowance for amounts that may become uncollectible in the future. These allowances are established based on a combination of write-off history, aging analysis, and specific account evaluations. When a receivable balance is known to be uncollectible, it is written off against the allowance for doubtful accounts. In January 2016, one of our customers filed a petition for bankruptcy. In connection with the bankruptcy filing, we evaluated our potential risk and exposure as related to our outstanding accounts receivable balance from the customer as of December 31, 2015, and estimated our anticipated recovery. As a result of our evaluation, we recorded a net $3.5 million pre-tax charge during the year ended December 31, 2015 to reduce our accounts receivable balance to our estimated recovery. We will continue to monitor the circumstances surrounding the bankruptcy in determining whether additional provisions may be necessary. Cash discounts are provided based on an overall average experience rate applied to qualifying accounts receivable balances.
 
STANDARD MOTOR PRODUCTS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Inventories

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost (determined by means of the first-in, first-out method) or market. Where appropriate, standard cost systems are utilized for purposes of determining cost; the standards are adjusted as necessary to ensure they approximate actual costs. Estimates of lower of cost or market are determined based upon current economic conditions, historical sales quantities and patterns and, in some cases, the specific risk of loss on specifically identified inventories.

We also evaluate inventories on a regular basis to identify inventory on hand that may be obsolete or in excess of current and future projected market demand. For inventory deemed to be obsolete, we provide a reserve on the full value of the inventory. Inventory that is in excess of current and projected use is reduced by an allowance to a level that approximates our estimate of future demand. Future projected demand requires management judgment and is based upon (a) our review of historical trends and (b) our estimate of projected customer specific buying patterns and trends in the industry and markets in which we do business. Using rolling twelve month historical information, we estimate future demand on a continuous basis. As such, the historical volatility of such estimates has been minimal. We maintain provisions for inventory reserves of $45 million and $45.2 million as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.
 
We utilize cores (used parts) in our remanufacturing processes for air conditioning compressors, diesel injectors, diesel pumps, and turbo chargers. The production of air conditioning compressors, diesel injectors, diesel pumps, and turbo chargers, involves the rebuilding of used cores, which we acquire either in outright purchases from used parts brokers, or from returns pursuant to an exchange program with customers. Under such exchange programs, we reduce our inventory, through a charge to cost of sales, when we sell a finished good compressor, and put back to inventory the used core exchanged at standard cost through a credit to cost of sales when it is actually received from the customer.

Property, Plant and Equipment

These assets are recorded at historical cost and are depreciated using the straight-line method of depreciation over the estimated useful lives as follows:

 
Estimated Life
Buildings
25 to 33-1/2 years
Building improvements
10 to 25 years
Machinery and equipment
7 to 12 years
Tools, dies and auxiliary equipment
3 to 8 years
Furniture and fixtures
3 to 12 years

Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the estimated useful life or the term of the lease. Costs related to maintenance and repairs which do not prolong the assets useful lives are expensed as incurred. We assess our property, plant and equipment to be held and used for impairment when indicators are present that the carrying value may not be recoverable.

Valuation of Long-Lived and Intangible Assets and Goodwill
 
At acquisition, we estimate and record the fair value of purchased intangible assets, which primarily consists of customer relationships, trademarks and trade names, patents and non-compete agreements.
 
STANDARD MOTOR PRODUCTS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
The fair values of these intangible assets are estimated based on our assessment. Goodwill is the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of identifiable net assets acquired in business combinations. Goodwill and certain other intangible assets having indefinite lives are not amortized to earnings, but instead are subject to periodic testing for impairment. Intangible assets determined to have definite lives are amortized over their remaining useful lives.
 
We assess the impairment of long‑lived assets, identifiable intangibles assets and goodwill whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. With respect to goodwill and identifiable intangible assets having indefinite lives, we test for impairment on an annual basis or in interim periods if an event occurs or circumstances change that may indicate the fair value is below its carrying amount. Factors we consider important, which could trigger an impairment review, include the following: (a) significant underperformance relative to expected historical or projected future operating results; (b) significant changes in the manner of our use of the acquired assets or the strategy for our overall business; and (c) significant negative industry or economic trends. We review the fair values using the discounted cash flows method and market multiples.
 
When performing our evaluation of goodwill for impairment, if we conclude qualitatively that it is not more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then the two-step impairment test is not required. If we are unable to reach this conclusion, then we would perform the two-step impairment test. Initially, the fair value of the reporting unit is compared to its carrying amount. To the extent the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds the fair value of the reporting unit; we are required to perform a second step, as this is an indication that the reporting unit goodwill may be impaired. In this step, we compare the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill with the carrying amount of the reporting unit goodwill and recognize a charge for impairment to the extent the carrying value exceeds the implied fair value. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined by allocating the fair value of the reporting unit to all of the assets (recognized and unrecognized) and liabilities of the reporting unit in a manner similar to a purchase price allocation. The residual fair value after this allocation is the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill. In addition, identifiable intangible assets having indefinite lives are reviewed for impairment on an annual basis using a methodology consistent with that used to evaluate goodwill.
 
Intangible assets having definite lives and other long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events such as product discontinuance, plant closures, product dispositions or other changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. In reviewing for impairment, we compare the carrying value of such assets to the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected from the use of the assets and their eventual disposition. When the estimated undiscounted future cash flows are less than their carrying amount, an impairment loss is recognized equal to the difference between the assets fair value and their carrying value.
 
There are inherent assumptions and estimates used in developing future cash flows requiring our judgment in applying these assumptions and estimates to the analysis of identifiable intangibles and long‑lived asset impairment including projecting revenues, interest rates, tax rates and the cost of capital. Many of the factors used in assessing fair value are outside our control and it is reasonably likely that assumptions and estimates will change in future periods. These changes can result in future impairments. In the event our planning assumptions were modified resulting in impairment to our assets, we would be required to include an expense in our statement of operations, which could materially impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
STANDARD MOTOR PRODUCTS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

New Customer Acquisition Costs

New customer acquisition costs refer to arrangements pursuant to which we incur change-over costs to induce a new customer to switch from a competitor’s brand. In addition, change-over costs include the costs related to removing the new customer’s inventory and replacing it with our inventory commonly referred to as a stocklift. New customer acquisition costs are recorded as a reduction to revenue when incurred.

Foreign Currency Translation

Assets and liabilities of our foreign operations are translated into U.S. dollars at year-end exchange rates. Income statement accounts are translated using the average exchange rates prevailing during the year. The resulting translation adjustments are recorded as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and remains there until the underlying foreign operation is liquidated or substantially disposed of. Foreign currency transaction gains or losses are recorded in the statement of operations under the caption “other non-operating income (expense), net.”

Revenue Recognition

We derive our revenue primarily from sales of replacement parts for motor vehicles from both our Engine Management and Temperature Control Segments. We recognize revenues when products are shipped and title has been transferred to a customer, the sales price is fixed and determinable, and collection is reasonably assured. For some of our sales of remanufactured products, we also charge our customers a deposit for the return of a used core component which we can use in our future remanufacturing activities. Such deposit is not recognized as revenue but rather carried as a core liability. The liability is extinguished when a core is actually returned to us. We estimate and record provisions for cash discounts, quantity rebates, sales returns and warranties in the period the sale is recorded, based upon our prior experience and current trends. Significant management judgments and estimates must be made and used in estimating sales returns and allowances relating to revenue recognized in any accounting period.

Selling, General and Administration Expenses

Selling, general and administration expenses includes shipping costs and advertising, which are expensed as incurred. Shipping and handling charges, as well as freight to customers, are included in distribution expenses as part of selling, general and administration expenses.

Deferred Financing Costs

Deferred financing costs represent costs incurred in conjunction with our debt financing activities and are capitalized and amortized over the life of the related financing arrangements. If the debt is retired early, the related unamortized deferred financing costs are written off in the period the debt is retired and are recorded in the statement of operations under the caption other non-operating income (expense), net.

Retirement and Post-Retirement Medical Benefits

The determination of defined benefit pension and postretirement plan obligations and their associated expenses requires the use of actuarial valuations to estimate participant plan benefits employees earn while working as well as the present value of those benefits. Inherent in these valuations are financial assumptions including discount rates at which liabilities can be settled, rates of increase of health care costs as well as employee demographic assumptions such as retirement patterns, mortality and turnover. Management reviews these assumptions annually with its actuarial advisors. The actuarial assumptions used may differ materially from actual results due to changing market and economic conditions, higher or lower turnover rates or longer or shorter life spans of participants. Benefits are determined primarily based upon employees’ length of service. We recognize the underfunded or overfunded status of a defined benefit pension and postretirement plan as an asset or liability and recognize changes in the funded status in the year in which the changes occur through accumulated other comprehensive income, which is a component of stockholders’ equity.
 
STANDARD MOTOR PRODUCTS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Share-Based Compensation

We measure and recognize compensation expense for all share-based payment awards made to employees and directors based on estimated fair values on the grant date. The value of the portion of the award that is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as an expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service periods in our consolidated statements of operations. Forfeitures are estimated at the time of grant based on historical trends in order to estimate the amount of share-based awards that will ultimately vest. We monitor actual forfeitures for any subsequent adjustment to forfeiture rates.

Accounting for Income Taxes

Income taxes are calculated using the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the estimated future tax effects of temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities, as measured by the current enacted tax rates.
 
We maintain valuation allowances when it is more likely than not that all or a portion of a deferred asset will not be realized. The valuation allowance is intended in part to provide for the uncertainty regarding the ultimate utilization of our U.S. foreign tax credit carryovers and foreign net operating loss carryovers. In determining whether a valuation allowance is warranted, we consider all positive and negative evidence and all sources of taxable income such as prior earnings history, expected future earnings, carryback and carryforward periods and tax strategies to estimate if sufficient future taxable income will be generated to realize the deferred tax asset. The assessment of the adequacy of our valuation allowance is based on our estimates of taxable income by jurisdiction in which we operate and the period over which our deferred tax assets will be recoverable. In the event that actual results differ from these estimates, or we adjust these estimates in future periods for current trends or expected changes in our estimating assumptions, we may need to modify the level of valuation allowance which could materially impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
The valuation allowance of $0.4 million as of December 31, 2015 is intended to provide for the uncertainty regarding the ultimate realization of our U.S. foreign tax credit carryovers and foreign net operating loss carryovers. Based on these considerations, we believe it is more likely than not that we will realize the benefit of the net deferred tax asset of $51.4 million as of December 31, 2015, which is net of the remaining valuation allowance.
 
Tax benefits are recognized for an uncertain tax position when, in management's judgment, it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination by a taxing authority. For a tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, the tax benefit is measured as the largest amount that is judged to have a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with a taxing authority. The liability associated with unrecognized tax benefits is adjusted periodically due to changing circumstances and when new information becomes available. Such adjustments are recognized entirely in the period in which they are identified. The effective tax rate includes the net impact of changes in the liability for uncertain tax positions. As of December 31, 2015, we do not believe there is a need to establish a liability for uncertain tax positions.
 
STANDARD MOTOR PRODUCTS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Net Earnings per Common Share

We present two calculations of earnings per common share. “Basic” earnings per common share equals net income divided by weighted average common shares outstanding during the period. “Diluted” earnings per common share equals net income divided by the sum of weighted average common shares outstanding during the period plus potentially dilutive common shares. Potentially dilutive common shares that are anti-dilutive are excluded from net earnings per common share. The following is a reconciliation of the shares used in calculating basic and dilutive net earnings per common share.
 
   
2015
   
2014
   
2013
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Weighted average common shares outstanding – Basic
   
22,812
     
22,900
     
22,975
 
Plus incremental shares from assumed conversions:
                       
Dilutive effect of restricted shares and performance shares
   
330
     
335
     
287
 
Dilutive effect of stock options
   
     
5
     
8
 
Weighted average common shares outstanding – Diluted
   
23,142
     
23,240
     
23,270
 

The average shares listed below were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because to do so would have been anti-dilutive for the periods presented or because they were excluded under the treasury method.

   
2015
   
2014
   
2013
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Stock options
   
     
4
     
8
 
Restricted and performance shares
   
307
     
276
     
203
 

Environmental Reserves

We are subject to various U.S. Federal and state and local environmental laws and regulations and are involved in certain environmental remediation efforts. We estimate and accrue our liabilities resulting from such matters based upon a variety of factors including the assessments of environmental engineers and consultants who provide estimates of potential liabilities and remediation costs. Such estimates are not discounted to reflect the time value of money due to the uncertainty in estimating the timing of the expenditures, which may extend over several years. Potential recoveries from insurers or other third parties of environmental remediation liabilities are recognized independently from the recorded liability, and any asset related to the recovery will be recognized only when the realization of the claim for recovery is deemed probable.

Asbestos Litigation

In evaluating our potential asbestos-related liability, we use an actuarial study that is prepared by a leading actuarial firm with expertise in assessing asbestos-related liabilities. We evaluate the estimate of the range of undiscounted liability to determine which amount to accrue. Based on the information contained in the actuarial study and all other available information considered by us, we have concluded that no amount within the range was more likely than any other and, therefore, in assessing our asbestos liability we compare the low end of the range to our recorded liability to determine if an adjustment is required. Legal costs are expensed as incurred.
 
STANDARD MOTOR PRODUCTS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
Loss Contingencies
 
We have loss contingencies, for such matters as legal claims and legal proceedings. Establishing loss reserves for these matters requires estimates, judgment of risk exposure and ultimate liability. We record provisions when the liability is considered probable and reasonably estimable. Significant judgment is required for both the determination of probability and the determination as to whether an exposure can be reasonably estimated. We maintain an ongoing monitoring and identification process to assess how the activities are progressing against the accrued estimated costs. As additional information becomes available, we reassess our potential liability related to these matters. Adjustments to the liabilities are recorded in the statement of operations in the period when additional information becomes available. Such revisions of the potential liabilities could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
 
Product Warranty and Overstock Returns
 
Many of our products carry a warranty ranging from a 90-day limited warranty to a lifetime limited warranty, which generally covers defects in materials or workmanship and failure to meet industry published specifications and/or the result of installation error. In addition to warranty returns, we also permit our customers to return new, undamaged products to us within customer-specific limits (which are generally limited to a specified percentage of their annual purchases from us) in the event that they have overstocked their inventories. We accrue for product warranties and overstock returns as a percentage of sales at the time products are sold, based upon estimates established using historical information on the nature, frequency and average cost of claims. Revision to the accrual is made when necessary, based upon changes in these factors. We regularly study trends of such claims.
 
Trade Receivables
 
In compliance with accounting standards, sales of accounts receivable are reflected as a reduction of accounts receivable in the consolidated balance sheet at the time of sale and any related expense is included in selling, general and administrative expenses in our consolidated statements of operations.

Concentrations of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject us to significant concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash investments and accounts receivable. We place our cash investments with high quality financial institutions and limit the amount of credit exposure to any one institution. Although we are directly affected by developments in the vehicle parts industry, management does not believe significant credit risk exists.
 
With respect to accounts receivable, such receivables are primarily from warehouse distributors and major retailers in the automotive aftermarket industry located in the U.S. We perform ongoing credit evaluations of our customers’ financial conditions. Our five largest individual customers, including members of a marketing group, accounted for approximately 68% of our consolidated net sales in 2015, 69% of our consolidated net sales in 2014 and 66% of our consolidated net sales in 2013. During 2015, O’Reilly Automotive, Inc., NAPA Auto Parts, Advance Auto Parts, Inc., and AutoZone, Inc. accounted for 19%, 19%, 17% and 11% of our consolidated net sales, respectively. Net sales from each of the customers were reported in both our Engine Management and Temperature Control Segments. The loss of one or more of these customers or, a significant reduction in purchases of our products from any one of them, could have a materially adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
STANDARD MOTOR PRODUCTS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
In January 2016, one of our customers filed a petition for bankruptcy. In connection with the bankruptcy filing, we evaluated our potential risk and exposure as related to our outstanding accounts receivable balance from the customer as of December 31, 2015, and estimated our anticipated recovery. As a result of our evaluation, we recorded a net $3.5 million pre-tax charge during the year ended December 31, 2015 to reduce our accounts receivable balance to our estimated recovery. The net $3.5 million pre-tax charge is included in selling, general and administrative expenses in our consolidated statement of operations. We will continue to monitor the circumstances surrounding the bankruptcy in determining whether additional provisions may be necessary.
 
Substantially all of the cash and cash equivalents, including foreign cash balances, at December 31, 2015 and 2014 were uninsured. Foreign cash balances at December 31, 2015 and 2014 were $16.2 million and $10.7 million, respectively.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

Discontinued Operations and Disclosures of Disposals of Components of an Entity

In April 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ ASU”) 2014-08, Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosures of Disposals of Components of an Entity (“ASU 2014-08”), which changes the criteria for determining which disposals can be presented as discontinued operations and modifies related disclosure requirements . Under the new guidance, a discontinued operation is defined as a disposal of a component or group of components that is disposed of or is classified as held for sale and “represents a strategic shift that has (or will have) a major effect on an entity’s operations and financial results.” The new standard applies prospectively to new disposals and new classifications of disposal groups as held for sale after the effective date. The amendment is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2014. We adopted the new standard as of January 1, 2015. The adoption of the new standard did not change the manner in which we present discontinued operations in our consolidated financial statements .

Revenue from Contracts with Customers

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASU 2014-09”), which outlines a single comprehensive model for entities to use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers and supersedes most current revenue recognition guidance, including industry-specific guidance. Under the new guidance, “an entity recognizes revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services.” The new standard provides entities the option of using either a full retrospective or a modified approach to adopt the guidance.

In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-14, Revenue from Contracts with Customers – Deferral of the Effective Date (“ASU 2015-14”), which defers by one year the mandatory effective date of its revenue recognition standard, and provides entities the option to adopt the standard as of the original effective date. The new standard is now effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, which for us is January 1, 2018, and interim periods within those annual periods. Early adoption is now permitted, but not before the original effective date, which for us is January 1, 2017. We are currently evaluating the impact, if any, this new standard will have on our consolidated financial statements, when we will adopt the new standard, and the method of adoption.
 
STANDARD MOTOR PRODUCTS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Disclosure of Uncertainties About an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-15, Disclosure of Uncertainties About an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern (“ASU 2014-15”), which provides guidance on determining when and how to disclose going concern uncertainties in the consolidated financial statements . Under the new guidance, management would be required to perform interim and annual assessments of an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year of the date the financial statements are issued. Certain disclosures must be provided if “conditions or events raise substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern.” The new standard is effective for annual reporting periods ending after December 15, 2016, which for us is December 31, 2016, and interim periods thereafter. Early adoption is permitted. Upon adoption, although we do not anticipate that the new standard will have an impact on our disclosures, we will consider the new standard when conducting our interim and annual assessments of our ability to continue as a going concern.

Income Statement - Extraordinary and Unusual Items

In January 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-01, Income Statement – Extraordinary and Unusual Items, (“ASU 2015-01”), which removes the concept of extraordinary items from U.S. GAAP. Under the existing guidance, an entity is required to separately disclose extraordinary items, net of tax, in the income statement after income from continuing operations if an event or transaction is both unusual and occurs infrequently. This separate, net-of-tax presentation will no longer be allowed. The existing requirement to separately disclose events or transactions that are unusual or occur infrequently on a pre-tax basis within continuing operations in the income statement has been retained. Similarly, the new guidance requires that items that are both unusual and infrequent be presented separately within continuing operations in the income statement. The new standard is effective for periods beginning after December 15, 2015, which for us is January 1, 2016. Early adoption is permitted, but only as of the beginning of the fiscal year of adoption. Upon adoption, we will present transactions that are both unusual and infrequent, if any, on a pre-tax basis within continuing operations in the consolidated statement of operations.

Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-03, Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs, (“ASU 2015-03”), which requires that debt issuance costs be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction of the carrying value of the associated debt liability. Under the existing guidance, debt issuance costs are required to be presented in the balance sheet as a deferred charge (i.e., an asset). The new standard is effective for periods beginning after December 15, 2015, which for us is January 1, 2016. Early adoption is permitted for financial statements that have not been previously issued. The new standard should be applied retrospectively to all periods presented in the financial statements.

In June 2015, at the Emerging Issues Task Force meeting, the FASB clarified that ASU 2015-03 does not address debt issuance costs related to revolving credit debt arrangements. In connection therewith, at the June 2015 meeting, the SEC staff announced that it would not object to the presentation of issuance costs related to revolving debt arrangements as an asset that is amortized over the term of the arrangement. In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-15, Presentation and Subsequent Measurement of Debt Issuance Costs Associated with Line-of-Credit Arrangements, which amended ASU 2015-03 to incorporate the conclusions reached by the SEC staff at its June 2015 Emerging Issues Task Force meeting. Currently, we present debt financing costs related to our revolving credit facility debt as an asset in our consolidated balance sheets. Upon adoption, we will continue to present debt financing costs related to our revolving credit facility debt as an asset in our consolidated balance sheets.
 
STANDARD MOTOR PRODUCTS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory

In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-11, Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory , (“ASU 2015-11”), which changes the measurement principle for inventory from the lower of cost or market to lower of cost and net realizable value for entities that do not measure inventory using the last-in, first-out, or retail inventory method. This ASU applies to all other inventory, which includes inventory that is measured using first-in, first-out or average cost. In addition, ASU 2015-11 eliminates the requirement for these entities to consider replacement cost or net realizable value less an approximately normal profit margin when measuring inventory. The new standard is effective for periods beginning after December 15, 2016, which for us is January 1, 2017. The new standard should be applied prospectively. Early adoption is permitted. We do not anticipate that the adoption of ASU 2015-11 will have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

Simplifying the Accounting for Measurement-Period Adjustments

In September 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-16, Simplifying the Accounting for Measurement-Period Adjustments, (“ASU 2015-16”), which eliminates the requirement to restate prior period financial statements for measurement period adjustments related to business acquisitions. The new guidance requires that the cumulative impact of a measurement period adjustment (including the impact on prior periods) be recognized in the reporting period in which the adjustment is identified. In addition, ASU 2015-16 requires that companies present separately on the face of the income statement, or disclose in the notes, the portion of the adjustment recorded in current period earnings by line item that would have been recorded in previous reporting periods if the adjustment had been recognized as of the acquisition date. The new standard is effective for periods beginning after December 15, 2015, which for us is January 1, 2016. The new standard should be applied prospectively to measurement period adjustments that occur after the effective date. Early adoption is permitted. Upon adoption, we will prospectively apply the new standard to measurement period adjustments related to business acquisitions.

Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes

In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-17, Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes, (“ASU 2015-17”), which requires entities with a classified balance sheet to present all deferred tax assets and liabilities as noncurrent. The new guidance requires entities to offset all deferred tax assets and liabilities (and valuation allowances) for each tax-paying jurisdiction within each tax-paying component. The net deferred tax must be presented as a single noncurrent amount. The new standard is effective for periods beginning after December 15, 2016, which for us is January 1, 2017. The new standard provides entities the option of either a retrospective or prospective approach to adopt the guidance. Early adoption is permitted. We do not anticipate that the adoption of ASU 2015-17 will have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

2. Business Acquisitions and Investments

2014 Business Acquisitions and Investment

Pensacola Fuel Injection, Inc, and Annex Manufacturing Acquisitions

In January 2014, we acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of Pensacola Fuel Injection Inc., a privately held company, for $12.2 million in cash funded by our revolving credit facility. Pensacola Fuel Injection, Inc., located in Pensacola, Florida, remanufactures and distributes a wide range of diesel injectors, diesel pumps and turbo chargers. Prior to the acquisition, we were the primary purchaser of products supplied by the company.
 
STANDARD MOTOR PRODUCTS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
In April 2014, we acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of Annex Manufacturing, a privately held company, for $11.5 million in cash funded by our revolving credit facility. Annex Manufacturing, located in Fort Worth, Texas, distributes a variety of temperature control products for the automotive aftermarket. Revenues generated from the acquired business were approximately $22 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, of which approximately 40% of the volume was sold to us.
 
The allocation of purchase price to assets acquired and liabilities assumed is based upon their fair values. The following table presents the allocation of purchase price to assets acquired and liabilities assumed (in thousands):
 
   
Pensacola Fuel
Injection, Inc.
   
Annex
Manufacturing
 
Purchase price:
       
$
12,225
         
$
11,500
 
Assets acquired and liabilities assumed:
                           
Receivables
 
$
           
$
2,581
         
Inventory
   
2,815
             
2,630
         
Property, plant and equipment, net
   
466
             
128
         
Intangible assets
   
             
4,760
         
Goodwill
   
12,528
             
4,567
         
Current liabilities
   
(3,584
)
           
(3,166
)
       
Net assets acquired
         
$
12,225
           
$
11,500
 

Goodwill related to the Pensacola Fuel Injection, Inc. and Annex Manufacturing acquisitions of $12.5 million and $4.6 million, respectively, was allocated to the Engine Management Segment and Temperature Control Segment, respectively, and is deductible for income tax purposes. The goodwill reflects business specific knowledge and the replacement cost of an assembled workforce, as well as the value of expected synergies.
 
Intangible assets acquired in the Annex Manufacturing acquisition consisted of customer relationships of $4.7 million that will be amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of 7 years and non-compete agreements of $0.1 million that will be amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of 5 years.
 
Revenues included in our consolidated statements of operations for the Annex Manufacturing acquisition from the date of acquisition through December 31, 2014 were $8.5 million. Revenues from the Pensacola Fuel Injection, Inc. acquisition from the date of acquisition through December 31, 2014 were not material.

Foshan GWO YNG SMP Vehicle Climate Control & Cooling Products Co. Ltd. Equity Investment

In April 2014, we formed a 50/50 joint venture with Gwo Yng Enterprise Co., Ltd., a China-based manufacturer of air conditioning accumulators, filter driers, hose assemblies, and switches for the automotive aftermarket and OEM/OES markets. We acquired our 50% interest in the joint venture for $14 million in cash funded by our revolving credit facility. We determined that due to a lack of a voting majority and other qualitative factors, we do not control the operations of the joint venture and accordingly, our investment in the joint venture is accounted for under the equity method of accounting.
 
STANDARD MOTOR PRODUCTS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

3. Restructuring and Integration (Income) Expenses

The aggregated liabilities included in “sundry payables and accrued expenses” and “other accrued liabilities” in the consolidated balance sheet relating to the restructuring and integration activities as of and for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, consisted of the following (in thousands):

   
Workforce Reduction
   
Other Exit Costs
   
Total
 
Exit activity liability at December 31, 2013
 
$
2,800
   
$
942
   
$
3,742
 
Restructuring and integration costs:
                       
Amounts provided for during 2014
   
639
     
558
     
1,197
 
Non-cash usage, including asset write-downs
   
     
(17
)
   
(17
)
Cash payments
   
(2,492
)
   
(754
)
   
(3,246
)
Exit activity liability at December 31, 2014
 
$
947
   
$
729
   
$
1,676
 
Restructuring and integration costs:
                       
Amounts provided for during 2015
   
(212
)
   
78
     
(134
)
Cash payments
   
(465
)
   
(216
)
   
(681
)
Exit activity liability at December 31, 2015
 
$
270
   
$
591
   
$
861
 

Liabilities associated with the remaining restructuring and integration costs as of December 31, 2015 relate primarily to employee severance and other retiree benefit enhancements to be paid through 2019 and environmental clean-up costs at our Long Island City, New York location in connection with the closure of our manufacturing operations at the site.

4. Sale of Receivables

From time to time, we sell undivided interests in certain of our receivables to financial institutions. We enter these agreements at our discretion when we determine that the cost of factoring is less than the cost of servicing our receivables with existing debt. Under the terms of the agreements, we retain no rights or interest, have no obligations with respect to the sold receivables, and do not service the receivables after the sale. As such, these transactions are being accounted for as a sale.
 
Pursuant to these agreements, we sold $693.6 million and $690.3 million of receivables for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. A charge in the amount of $14.3 million, $13.1 million and $13.9 million related to the sale of receivables is included in selling, general and administrative expenses in our consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. If we do not enter into these arrangements or if any of the financial institutions with which we enter into these arrangements were to experience financial difficulties or otherwise terminate these arrangements, our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially and adversely affected by delays or failures to collect future trade accounts receivable.

5. Inventories

   
December 31,
 
   
2015
   
2014
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Finished goods
 
$
186,782
   
$
185,655
 
Work-in-process
   
5,456
     
4,722
 
Raw materials
   
93,555
     
87,674
 
Total inventories
 
$
285,793
   
$
278,051
 
 
STANDARD MOTOR PRODUCTS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

6. Property, Plant and Equipment

   
December 31,
 
   
2015
   
2014
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Land, buildings and improvements
 
$
45,655
   
$
45,050
 
Machinery and equipment
   
131,959
     
128,998
 
Tools, dies and auxiliary equipment
   
43,044
     
40,352
 
Furniture and fixtures
   
25,287
     
23,830
 
Leasehold improvements
   
7,761
     
7,436
 
Construction-in-progress
   
9,253
     
7,409
 
Total property, plant and equipment
   
262,959
     
253,075
 
Less accumulated depreciation
   
194,077
     
188,464
 
Total property, plant and equipment, net
 
$
68,882
   
$
64,611
 

Depreciation expense was $12.1 million in 2015, $11.8 million in 2014 and $12 million 2013.

7. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill

We assess the impairment of long‑lived and identifiable intangibles assets and goodwill whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. With respect to goodwill, we test for impairment on an annual basis or in interim periods if an event occurs or circumstances change that may indicate the fair value of a reporting unit is below its carrying amount. We completed our annual impairment test of goodwill as of December 31, 2015.
 
When performing our evaluation of goodwill for impairment, if we conclude qualitatively that it is not more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then the two-step impairment test is not required. If we are unable to reach this conclusion, then we would perform the two-step impairment test. We elected to bypass the qualitative assessment and have decided to perform the two-step impairment test for goodwill at both the Engine Management and Temperature Control reporting units at December 31, 2015. The first step of the impairment analysis consists of a comparison of the fair value of the reporting units with their respective carrying amounts, including goodwill. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying amount of the reporting unit, step two of the impairment analysis is not required. The fair values of the Engine Management and Temperature Control reporting units were determined based upon the Income Approach, which estimates the fair value based on future discounted cash flows, and the Market Approach, which estimates the fair value based on market prices of comparable companies. We base our fair value estimates on projected financial information which we believe to be reasonable. We also considered our total market capitalization as of December 31, 2015. Our December 31, 2015 annual goodwill impairment analysis did not result in an impairment charge as it was determined that the fair values of our Engine Management and Temperature Control reporting units were in excess of their carrying amounts. While the fair values exceed the carrying amounts at the present time and we do not believe that impairments are probable, the performance of the business and brands require continued improvement in future periods to sustain their carrying values.
 
STANDARD MOTOR PRODUCTS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Changes in the carrying values of goodwill by operating segment during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 are as follows (in thousands):

   
Engine Management
   
Temperature Control
   
Total
 
Balance as of December 31, 2013
                 
Goodwill
 
$
66,790
   
$
9,703
   
$
76,493
 
Accumulated impairment losses
   
(38,488
)
   
     
(38,488
)
   
$
28,302
   
$
9,703
   
$
38,005
 
Activity in 2014
                       
Acquisition of assets of Pensacola Fuel Injection, Inc.
 
$
12,528
   
$
   
$
12,528
 
Acquisition of assets of Annex Manufacturing
   
     
4,567
     
4,567
 
Foreign currency exchange rate change
   
(125
)
   
     
(125
)
Balance as of December 31, 2014
                       
Goodwill
   
79,193
     
14,270
     
93,463
 
Accumulated impairment losses
   
(38,488
)
   
     
(38,488
)
   
$
40,705
   
$
14,270
   
$
54,975
 
Activity in 2015
                       
Foreign currency exchange rate change
 
$
(94
)
 
$
   
$
(94
)
Balance as of December 31, 2015
                       
Goodwill
   
79,099
     
14,270
     
93,369
 
Accumulated impairment losses
   
(38,488
)
   
     
(38,488
)
   
$
40,611
   
$
14,270
   
$
54,881
 

Acquired Intangible Assets

Acquired identifiable intangible assets as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 consist of:

   
December 31,
 
   
2015
   
2014
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Customer relationships
 
$
48,475
   
$
48,646
 
Trademarks and trade names
   
6,800
     
6,800
 
Non-compete agreements
   
970
     
970
 
Patents and supply contracts
   
723
     
723
 
Leaseholds
   
160
     
160
 
Total acquired intangible assets
   
57,128
     
57,299
 
Less accumulated amortization (1)
   
(29,040
)
   
(24,120
)
Net acquired intangible assets
 
$
28,088
   
$
33,179
 

(1) Applies to all intangible assets, except for related trademarks and trade names totaling $5.2 million, which have indefinite useful lives and, as such, are not being amortized.

Total amortization expense for acquired intangible assets was $4.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, $5 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, and $5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. Based on the current estimated useful lives assigned to our intangible assets, amortization expense is estimated to be $4.9 million for 2016, $4.7 million in 2017, $4.5 million in 2018 and $8.8 million in the aggregate for the years 2019 through 2029.
 
STANDARD MOTOR PRODUCTS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Other Intangible Assets

Other intangible assets include computer software. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, these costs totaled $16.7 million and $17.2 million, respectively, and total accumulated computer software amortization was $15.4 million and $16 million, respectively. Computer software is amortized over its estimated useful life of 3 to 10 years. Amortization expense for computer software was $0.6 million, $0.5 million and $0.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

8. Other Assets

   
December 31,
 
   
2015
   
2014
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Equity in joint ventures
 
$
20,622
   
$
20,004
 
Deferred compensation
   
10,675
     
9,811
 
Long term receivables
   
4,215
     
6,513
 
Deferred financing costs, net
   
1,267
     
1,570
 
Other
   
659
     
691
 
Total other assets, net
 
$
37,438
   
$
38,589
 

Deferred compensation consists of assets held in a nonqualified defined contribution pension plan as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Equity Method Investments

In April 2014, we formed a 50/50 joint venture with Gwo Yng Enterprise Co., Ltd. (“Gwo Yng”), a China-based manufacturer of air conditioner accumulators, filter driers, hose assemblies and switches for the automotive aftermarket and OEM/OES markets. We acquired our 50% interest in the joint venture for $14 million. We determined that due to a lack of a voting majority and other qualitative factors, we do not control the operations of the joint venture and accordingly, our investment in the joint venture is accounted for under the equity method of accounting. During the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, we made purchases from Gwo Yng of approximately $15 million and $8.6 million, respectively.
 
In January 2013, we acquired an approximate 25% minority interest in Orange Electronic Co., Ltd. (“Orange”) for $6.3 million. Orange is a manufacturer of tire pressure monitoring system sensors and is located in Taiwan. Our minority interest in Orange is accounted for using the equity method of accounting. During the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, we made purchases from Orange of approximately $4.4 million and $4.7 million, respectively.
 
STANDARD MOTOR PRODUCTS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

9. Credit Facilities and Long-Term Debt

Total debt outstanding is summarized as follows:

   
December 31,
 
   
2015
   
2014
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Revolving credit facilities
 
$
47,427
   
$
56,558
 
Other
   
78
     
258
 
Total debt
 
$
47,505
   
$
56,816
 
                 
Current maturities of long-term debt
 
$
47,443
   
$
56,733
 
Long-term debt
   
62
     
83
 
Total debt
 
$
47,505
   
$
56,816
 

Maturities of long-term debt are not material for the year ended December 31, 2016 and beyond.

Revolving Credit Facility

In October 2015, we entered into a Credit Agreement with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as agent, and a syndicate of lenders for a senior secured revolving credit facility with a line of credit of up to $250 million (with an additional $50 million accordion feature) and a maturity date in October 2020. The new credit agreement replaces our prior credit facility with General Electric Capital Corporation, as agent, and the lenders therein. Direct borrowings under the new credit agreement bear interest at LIBOR plus a margin ranging from 1.25% to 1.75% based on our borrowing availability, or floating at the alternate base rate plus a margin ranging from 0.25% to 0.75% based on our borrowing availability, at our option. The credit agreement is guaranteed by certain of our subsidiaries and secured by certain of our assets.
 
Borrowings under the new credit agreement are secured by substantially all of our assets, including accounts receivable, inventory and certain fixed assets, and those of certain of our subsidiaries. Availability under the credit agreement is based on a formula of eligible accounts receivable, eligible inventory, eligible equipment and eligible fixed assets. After taking into account outstanding borrowings under the credit agreement, there was an additional $128.5 million available for us to borrow pursuant to the formula at December 31, 2015. Outstanding borrowings under the credit agreements, which are classified as current liabilities, were $47.4 million and $56.6 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Borrowings under the restated credit agreement have been classified as current liabilities based upon the accounting rules and certain provisions in the agreement.
 
At December 31, 2015, the weighted average interest rate on our credit agreement was 1.7%, which consisted of $44 million in direct borrowings at 1.6% and an alternative base rate loan of $3.4 million at 3.8%. At December 31, 2014, the weighted average interest rate under our prior credit facility with General Electric Capital Corporation was 1.8%, which consisted of $53 million in direct borrowings at 1.7% and an index loan of $3.6 million at 3.8%. During 2015, our average daily alternative base rate/index loan balance was $4.9 million and during 2014 our average daily index loan balance under our prior credit facility with General Electric Capital Corporation was $4.4 million.
 
At any time that our borrowing availability is less than the greater of either (a) $25 million, or 10% of the commitments if fixed assets are not included in the borrowing base, or (b) $31.25 million, or 12.5% of the commitments if fixed assets are included in the borrowing base, the terms of the credit agreement provide for, among other provisions, a financial covenant requiring us, on a consolidated basis, to maintain a fixed charge coverage ratio of 1:1 at the end of each fiscal quarter (rolling four quarters). As of December 31, 2015, we were not subject to these covenants. The credit agreement permits us to pay cash dividends of $20 million and make stock repurchases of $20 million in any fiscal year subject to a minimum availability of $25 million. Provided specific conditions are met, the credit agreement also permits acquisitions, permissible debt financing, capital expenditures, and cash dividend payments and stock repurchases of greater than $20 million.
 
STANDARD MOTOR PRODUCTS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
The new credit agreement also replaces our Canadian Credit Agreement with GE Canada Finance Holding Company. The new agreement with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. allows for a $10 million line of credit to Canada as part of the $250 million available for borrowing.
 
Deferred Financing Costs

We had deferred financing costs of $1.6 million and $2.3 million as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Deferred financing costs as of December 31, 2015 are related to our revolving credit facility. In connection with the new revolving credit facility agreement entered into in October 2015 with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., we incurred and capitalized approximately $0.7 million of deferred financing costs related to bank, legal, and other professional fees which are being amortized through 2020, the term of the agreement. In addition, upon entering into the new agreement, we wrote-off $0.8 million of unamortized deferred financing costs associated with the old agreement. Unamortized deferred financing costs written-off in 2015 were recorded in other non-operating income (expense), net in our consolidated statement of operations.
 
Scheduled amortization for future years, assuming no prepayments of principal is as follows:
 
(In thousands)
     
2016
 
$
330
 
2017
   
330
 
2018
   
330
 
2019
   
330
 
2020
   
277
 
Total amortization
 
$
1,597
 

10. Stockholders’ Equity

We have authority to issue 500,000 shares of preferred stock, $20 par value, and our Board of Directors is vested with the authority to establish and designate any series of preferred, to fix the number of shares therein and the variations in relative rights as between each series. In December 1995, our Board of Directors established a new series of preferred shares designated as Series A Participating Preferred Stock. The number of shares constituting the Series A Preferred Stock is 30,000. The Series A Preferred Stock is designed to participate in dividends, ranks senior to our common stock as to dividends and liquidation rights and has voting rights. Each share of the Series A Preferred Stock shall entitle the holder to one thousand votes on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders of the Company. No such shares were outstanding at December 31, 2015 and 2014.
 
In May 2012, our Board of Directors authorized the purchase of up to $5 million of our common stock under a stock repurchase program. Under this program, during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, we repurchased 30,601 shares and 312,527 shares, respectively, of our common stock at a total cost of $0.9 million and $4.1 million, respectively. No stock repurchases remain available under the 2012 program as the entire $5 million was utilized.
 
In February 2013, our Board of Directors authorized the purchase of up to $6 million of our common stock under a stock repurchase program. During the year ended December 31, 2013, we repurchased 179,372 shares of our common stock under this program at a total cost of $6 million. No stock repurchases remain available under the 2013 program as the entire $6 million was utilized.
 
STANDARD MOTOR PRODUCTS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
In February 2014, our Board of Directors authorized the purchase of up to $10 million of our common stock under a stock repurchase program. During the year ended December 31, 2014, we repurchased 284,284 shares of our common stock under this program at a total cost of $10 million. No stock repurchases remain available under the 2014 program as the entire $10 million was utilized.
 
In February 2015, our Board of Directors authorized the purchase of up to $10 million of our common stock under a stock repurchase program. In July 2015, our Board of Directors authorized the purchase of up to an additional $10 million of our common stock under another stock repurchase program. Under these programs, during the year ended December 31, 2015, we repurchased 551,791 shares of our common stock at a total cost of $19.6 million. As of December 31, 2015, there was approximately $0.4 million available for future stock repurchases under the programs. In January 2016, we repurchased an additional 10,135 shares of our common stock under the programs at a total cost of $0.4 million, thereby completing the 2015 Board of Directors authorizations.
 
11. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

Changes in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income by Component

   
Foreign Currency Translation Adjustments
   
Unrecognized Pension and Postretirement Benefit Costs (Credit)
   
Total
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Balance at December 31, 2013
 
$
3,562
   
$
(1,776
)
 
$
1,786
 
Other comprehensive income before reclassifications
   
(3,781
)
   
(447
)
   
(4,228
)
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income
   
     
(210
)
   
(210
)
Other comprehensive income, net
   
(3,781
)
   
(657
)
   
(4,438
)
Balance at December 31, 2014
 
$
(219
)
 
$
(2,433
)
 
$
(2,652
)
Other comprehensive income before reclassifications
   
(5,739
)
   
1,093
     
(4,646
)
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income
   
     
824
     
824
 
Other comprehensive income, net
   
(5,739
)
   
1,917
     
(3,822
)
Balance at December 31, 2015
 
$
(5,958
)
 
$
(516
)
 
$
(6,474
)

Reclassifications Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

   
Year Ended December 31,
 
Details About Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income Components
 
2015
   
2014
 
Amortization of pension and postretirement benefit plans:
 
(In thousands)
 
Prior service benefit (1)
 
$
(112
)
 
$
(3,017
)
Unrecognized loss (1)
   
2,261
     
2,435
 
Total before income tax
   
2,149
     
(582
)
Income tax (expense) benefit
   
(1,325
)
   
372
 
Total reclassifications for the period
 
$
824
   
$
(210
)
 
(1) These accumulated other comprehensive income components are included in the computation of net periodic pension and postretirement benefit costs, which are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in our consolidated statements of operations (see Notes 13 and 14 for additional details).
 
STANDARD MOTOR PRODUCTS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
12. Stock-Based Compensation Plans

Our stock-based compensation program is a broad-based program designed to attract and retain employees while also aligning employees’ interests with the interests of our shareholders. In addition, members of our Board of Directors participate in our stock-based compensation program in connection with their service on our board. During 2015, we had three active stock-based compensation plans. As of December 31, 2015, we have only one active stock-based compensation plan, the 2006 Omnibus Incentive Plan. During 2015, the 2004 Omnibus Stock Option Plan and the 2004 Independent Directors Plan terminated as all outstanding options under the plans were exercised during the year.
 
We account for our stock-based compensation plans in accordance with the provisions of FASB ASC 718, Stock Compensation , which requires that a company measure the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments based on the grant-date fair value of the award. The service period is the period of time that the grantee must provide services to us before the stock-based compensation is fully vested.
 
Under the 2006 Omnibus Incentive Plan, which terminates in May 2016, we are authorized to issue, among other things, stock options and shares of restricted and performance based stock to eligible employees and directors of up to 1,900,000 shares of common stock. Stock options forfeited under the previous stock option plans and equity awards under the incentive plan are eligible to be granted again under the 2006 Omnibus Incentive Plan with respect to stock options and equity awards so forfeited.
 
Stock-based compensation expense under our existing plans was $5.0 million ($3.2 million, net of tax) or $0.14 per basic and diluted share, $4.3 million ($2.8 million, net of tax) or $0.12 per basic and diluted share, and $3.2 million ($2 million, net of tax) or $0.09 per basic and diluted share for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Stock Option Grants
 
The following is a summary of the changes in outstanding stock options for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014:
 
   
Shares
   
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
   
Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term (Years)
 
                   
Outstanding at December 31, 2013
   
16,875
   
$
12.14
     
1.0
 
Expired
   
     
     
 
Exercised
   
(7,000
)
   
13.76
     
 
Forfeited, other
   
     
     
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2014
   
9,875
     
10.99
     
0.4
 
Expired
   
     
     
 
Exercised
   
(9,875
)
   
10.99
     
 
Forfeited, other
   
     
     
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2015
   
   
$
     
 
                         
Options exercisable at December 31, 2015
   
   
$
     
 
 
STANDARD MOTOR PRODUCTS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

The total intrinsic value of options exercised for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 was $0.3 million and $0.2 million, respectively. There were no stock options granted in 2015.

Restricted Stock and Performance Share Grants

As part of the 2006 Omnibus Incentive Plan, we currently grant shares of restricted stock to eligible employees and our independent directors and performance-based stock to eligible employees. Selected executives and other key personnel are granted performance awards whose vesting is contingent upon meeting various performance measures with a retention feature. Performance-based shares are subject to a three year measuring period and the achievement of performance targets and, depending upon the achievement of such performance targets, they may become vested on the third anniversary of the date of grant. Each period we evaluate the probability of achieving the applicable targets and we adjust our accrual accordingly. Restricted shares granted to employees become fully vested upon the third anniversary of the date of grant; and for selected key executives certain additional restricted share grants vest 25% upon the attainment of age 60, 25% upon the attainment of age 63 and become fully vested upon the attainment of age 65. Restricted shares granted to directors become fully vested upon the first anniversary of the date of grant. Commencing with the 2015 grants, restricted and performance shares issued to certain key executives and directors are subject to a one or two year holding period upon the lapse of the three year vesting period.
 
Prior to the time a restricted share becomes fully vested or a performance share is issued, the awardees cannot transfer, pledge, hypothecate or encumber such shares. Prior to the time a restricted share is fully vested, the awardees have all other rights of a stockholder, including the right to vote (but not receive dividends during the vesting period). Prior to the time a performance share is issued, the awardees shall have no rights as a stockholder. All shares and rights are subject to forfeiture if certain employment conditions are not met.
 
Under the 2006 Omnibus Incentive Plan, 1,900,000 shares are authorized to be issued. At December 31, 2015, under the plan, there were an aggregate of (a) 1,618,380 shares of restricted and performance-based stock grants issued, net of forfeitures, and (b) 281,620 shares of common stock available for future grants. For the year ended December 31, 2015, 211,950 restricted and performance-based shares were granted (164,450 restricted shares and 47,500 performance-based shares), and for the year ended December 31, 2014, 256,443 restricted and performance-based shares were granted (210,193 restricted shares and 46,250 performance-based shares).
 
In determining the grant date fair value, the stock price on the date of grant, as quoted on the New York Stock Exchange, was reduced by the present value of dividends expected to be paid on the shares issued and outstanding during the requisite service period, discounted at a risk-free interest rate. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury rates at the date of grant with maturity dates approximately equal to the restriction or vesting period at the grant date. In addition, a further discount for the lack of marketability reduced the fair value of grants issued to certain key executives and directors subject to the one or two year post vesting holding period. Assumptions used in calculating the discount for the lack of marketability include an estimate of stock volatility, risk-free interest rate, and a dividend yield.
 
The fair value of the shares at the date of grant is amortized to expense ratably over the vesting period. Forfeitures on restricted stock grants are estimated at 5% for employees and 0% for executives and directors, respectively, based on evaluation of historical and expected future turnover.
 
As related to restricted and performance stock shares, we recorded compensation expense of $5.0 million ($3.2 million, net of tax), $4.3 million ($2.8 million, net of tax) and $3.2 million ($2 million, net of tax), for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The unamortized compensation expense related to our restricted and performance-based shares was $12.7 million and $11.8 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively and is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 5.8 years and 0.3 years for employees and directors, respectively, as of December 31, 2015 and over a weighted average period of 5.1 years and 0.3 years for employees and directors, respectively, as of December 31, 2014.
 
STANDARD MOTOR PRODUCTS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
Our restricted and performance-based share activity was as follows for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014:
 
   
Shares
   
Weighted Average
Grant Date Fair
Value per Share
 
Balance at December 31, 2013
   
630,600
   
$
19.47
 
Granted
   
256,443
     
32.22
 
Vested
   
(132,325
)
   
15.50
 
Forfeited
   
(5,700
)
   
18.77
 
Balance at December 31, 2014
   
749,018
     
24.62
 
Granted
   
211,950
     
31.79
 
Vested
   
(192,768
)
   
22.13
 
Forfeited
   
(9,650
)
   
29.30
 
Balance at December 31, 2015
   
758,550
   
$
27.19
 

The weighted-average grant date fair value of restricted and performance-based shares outstanding as of December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 was $20.6 million (or $27.19 per share), $18.4 million (or $24.62 share), and $12.3 million (or $19.47 per share), respectively.

13. Retirement Benefit Plans

Defined Contribution Plans

We maintain various defined contribution plans, which include profit sharing and provide retirement benefits for substantially all of our employees. Matching obligations, in connection with the plans which are funded in cash and typically contributed to the plans in March of the following year, are as follows (in thousands):

   
U.S. Defined Contribution
 
Year ended December 31,
     
2015
 
$
8,445
 
2014
   
8,267
 
2013
   
8,115
 

We maintain a defined contribution Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan for key employees. Under the plan, these employees may elect to defer a portion of their compensation and, in addition, we may at our discretion make contributions to the plan on behalf of the employees. In March 2014, contributions of $0.4 million were made related to calendar year 2013. In March 2015, contributions of $0.5 million were made related to calendar year 2014. We have recorded an obligation of $0.3 million for 2015.
 
We also have an Employee Stock Ownership Plan and Trust (“ESOP”) for employees who are not covered by a collective bargaining agreement. In connection therewith, we maintain an employee benefits trust to which we contribute shares of treasury stock. We are authorized to instruct the trustees to distribute such shares toward the satisfaction of our future obligations under the plan. The shares held in trust are not considered outstanding for purposes of calculating earnings per share until they are committed to be released. The trustees will vote the shares in accordance with its fiduciary duties. During 2015, we contributed to the trust an additional 58,000 shares from our treasury and released 58,200 shares from the trust leaving 200 shares remaining in the trust as of December 31, 2015. The provision for expense in connection with the ESOP was approximately $2.2 million in 2015, $1.8 million in 2014 and $4.4 million in 2013.
 
STANDARD MOTOR PRODUCTS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Defined Benefit Pension Plan

We maintain a defined benefit unfunded Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (“SERP”). The SERP, as amended, is a defined benefit plan pursuant to which we will pay supplemental pension benefits to certain key employees upon the attainment of a contractual participant’s payment date based upon the employees’ years of service and compensation. In October 2015, the sole remaining participant in the unfunded SERP reached his applicable payment date. In connection therewith, in October 2015, we recorded a settlement loss of $1.5 million and made the corresponding distribution of $7.6 million. We use a January 1 measurement date for this plan. Benefit obligations as of the end of each year reflect assumptions in effect as of this date.
 
The benefit obligation, funded status, and amounts recognized in the consolidated financial statements for the SERP, as of and for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, were (in thousands):

   
Defined Benefit
Retirement Plan
 
   
2015
   
2014
 
Change in benefit obligation :
           
Benefit obligation at beginning of year
 
$
6,538
   
$
5,661
 
Service cost
   
     
164
 
Interest cost
   
218
     
277
 
Actuarial loss
   
854
     
436
 
Benefits paid
   
(7,610
)
   
 
Benefit obligation at end of year
 
$
   
$
6,538
 
                 
Unfunded status of the plan
 
$
   
$
(6,538
)
                 
Amounts recognized in the balance sheet:
               
Accrued postretirement benefit liabilities
 
$
   
$
6,538
 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss (pre-tax) related to:
               
Unrecognized net actuarial losses
   
     
1,389
 
Unrecognized prior service cost
   
     
 

The unrecognized amounts recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income will be subsequently recognized as expense consistent with our historical accounting policy for amortizing those amounts. Actuarial gains and losses incurred in future periods and not recognized as expense in those periods will be recognized as increases or decreases in other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax. As they are subsequently recognized as a component of expense, the amounts recorded in other comprehensive income (loss) in prior periods are adjusted. As of December 31, 2015 there are no defined benefit plan amounts included in other comprehensive income.
 
STANDARD MOTOR PRODUCTS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

The components of net periodic benefit cost for our defined benefit plan include the following (in thousands):

   
December 31,
 
Defined benefit retirement plan:
 
2015
   
2014
   
2013
 
Service cost
 
$
   
$
164
   
$
180
 
Interest cost
   
218
     
277
     
235
 
Amortization of prior service cost
   
     
     
28
 
Actuarial net loss
   
735
     
388
     
690
 
Settlement loss
   
1,509
     
     
 
Net periodic benefit cost
 
$
2,462
   
$
829
   
$
1,133
 

Actuarial assumptions used to determine costs and benefit obligations related to our defined benefit plan are as follows:

   
Settlement Date
   
December 31,
 
   
2015
   
2014
   
2013
 
Discount rates
   
2.88
%
   
4.00
%
   
4.90
%
Salary increase
   
N/A
 
   
N/A
 
   
4.00
%

The discount rate used at the settlement date in October 2015 was determined in accordance with the terms of the plan for lump sum payments, using the GATT interest rate. The discount rates used at December 31, 2014 and 2013 was determined by considering the current yield curves representing high quality, long-term fixed income instruments. We set our discount rate for the plan at December 31, 2014 and 2013 based on a review of the Mercer Pension Discount Yield Curve and Index Rates. We believed at December 31, 2014 and 2013 that the timing and amount of cash flows related to these instruments closely matched the estimated defined benefit payment streams of our plan.
 
For the defined benefit pension plan, the projected benefit obligation (“PBO”), accumulated benefit obligation (“ABO”) and fair value of the plan’s assets are as follows (in thousands):

   
December 31,
 
   
2015
   
2014
 
Projected benefit obligation
 
$
   
$
6,538
 
Accumulated benefit obligation
   
     
6,538
 
Fair value of plan assets
   
     
 

14. Postretirement Medical Benefits

We provide certain medical and dental care benefits to eligible retired U.S. and Canadian employees. Eligibility for U.S. employees is limited to employees hired before 1995. Under the U.S. plan, a Health Reimbursement Account (“HRA”) was established beginning January 1, 2009 for each qualified U.S. retiree. Monthly, a fixed amount is credited into the HRA to cover both medical and dental costs for all current and future eligible retirees. Under the Canadian plan, retiree medical and dental benefits are funded in a pay-as-you-go basis. The postretirement medical plans to substantially all eligible U.S. and Canadian employees will terminate on December 31, 2016. There will be no change to the eligibility or plan provided to the 39 former union employees.
 
STANDARD MOTOR PRODUCTS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
The benefit obligation, funded status, and amounts recognized in the consolidated financial statements for our postretirement medical benefit plans as of and for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, were as follows (in thousands):
 
   
Postretirement Benefit Plans
 
   
U.S. Plan
   
Canadian Plan
 
   
2015
   
2014
   
2015
   
2014
 
Change in benefit obligation:
                       
Benefit obligation at beginning of year
 
$
4,192
   
$
4,960
   
$
110
   
$
126
 
Service cost
   
     
1
     
     
 
Interest cost
   
24
     
26
     
3
     
4
 
Benefits paid
   
(833
)
   
(772
)
   
(16
)
   
(26
)
Actuarial loss (gain)
   
(455
)
   
(23
)
   
(7
)
   
17
 
Translation adjustment
   
     
     
(16
)
   
(11
)
Benefit obligation at end of year
 
$
2,928
   
$
4,192
   
$
74
   
$
110
 
(Unfunded) status of the plans
 
$
(2,928
)
 
$
(4,192
)
 
$
(74
)
 
$
(110
)
 
   
Postretirement Benefit Plans
 
   
U.S. Plan
   
Canadian Plan
 
   
2015
   
2014
   
2015
   
2014
 
Amounts recognized in the balance sheet:
                       
Accrued postretirement benefit liabilities
 
$
2,928
   
$
4,192
   
$
74
   
$
110
 
Accumulated other comprehensive (income) loss (pre-tax) related to:
                               
Unrecognized net actuarial losses (gains)
   
970
     
2,973
     
(36
)
   
(65
)
Unrecognized prior service cost (credit)
   
     
     
(52
)
   
(201
)

The estimated net loss and prior service cost (credit) that is expected to be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income into postretirement medical benefits cost during 2016 are $1.1 million and $(0.1) million, respectively.
 
Net periodic benefit cost related to our plans includes the following components (in thousands):

   
December 31,
 
U.S. postretirement plan:
 
2015
   
2014
   
2013
 
Service cost
 
$
   
$
1
   
$
1
 
Interest cost
   
24
     
26
     
33
 
Amortization of prior service cost
   
     
(2,888
)
   
(4,206
)
Actuarial net loss
   
1,548
     
2,092
     
2,548
 
Net periodic benefit cost (credit)
 
$
1,572
   
$
(769
)
 
$
(1,624
)
                         
Canadian postretirement plan:
                       
Service cost
 
$
   
$
   
$
 
Interest cost
   
3
     
4
     
5
 
Amortization of prior service cost
   
(112
)
   
(129
)
   
(140
)
Actuarial net loss
   
(22
)
   
(45
)
   
(115
)
Net periodic benefit cost (credit)
 
$
(131
)
 
$
(170
)
 
$
(250
)
Total net periodic benefit cost (credit)
 
$
1,441
   
$
(939
)
 
$
(1,874
)
 
STANDARD MOTOR PRODUCTS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Actuarial assumptions used to determine costs and benefit obligations related to our U.S. postretirement plan are as follows:

   
December 31,
 
   
2015
   
2014
   
2013
 
Discount rate
   
0.0
%
   
0.55
%
   
0.45
%
 
Actuarial assumptions used to determine costs and benefit obligations related to our Canadian postretirement plan are as follows:

   
December 31,
 
   
2015
   
2014
   
2013
 
Discount rates
   
3.00
%
   
3.00
%
   
3.50
%
Current medical cost trend rate
   
5.71
%
   
6.43
%
   
7.14
%
Ultimate medical cost trend rate
   
5
%
   
5
%
   
5
%
Year trend rate declines to ultimate
   
2017
     
2017
     
2017
 

The Company’s discount rates are determined by considering current yield curves representing high quality, long-term fixed income instruments. We set our discount rate for the U.S. plan based on a review of the Citigroup Pension Discount Curve and the duration of expected payments in the plan. We set our discount rate for the Canadian plan based upon similar benchmarks in Canada.
 
The following benefit payments which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid (in thousands):

2016
 
$
2,568
 
2017
   
63
 
2018
   
59
 
2019
   
54
 
2020
   
50
 
Years 2021 – 2025
   
181
 

Assumed health care cost trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the health care plans. A one-percentage-point change in assumed health care cost trend rates would have the following effects for 2016 (in thousands):

   
1-Percentage-
Point Increase
   
1-Percentage-
Point Decrease
 
Effect on total of service and interest cost components
 
$
1
   
$
(1
)
Effect on postretirement benefit obligation
   
26
     
(24
)
 
STANDARD MOTOR PRODUCTS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

15. Other Non-Operating Income (Expense), Net

The components of other non-operating income (expense), net are as follows:

   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2015
   
2014
   
2013
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Interest and dividend income
 
$
151
   
$
296
   
$
302
 
Equity income (loss) from joint ventures
   
976
     
(822
)
   
(285
)
Loss on foreign exchange
   
(719
)
   
(1,562
)
   
(143
)
Write-off of deferred financing costs
   
(773
)
   
     
 
Other non-operating income, net
   
145
     
119
     
127
 
Total other non-operating income (expense), net
 
$
(220
)
 
$
(1,969
)
 
$
1
 

16. Income Taxes

The income tax provision (benefit) consists of the following (in thousands):

   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2015
   
2014
   
2013
 
Current:
                 
Domestic
 
$
22,943
   
$
30,415
   
$
31,220
 
Foreign
   
4,324
     
3,740
     
1,706
 
Total current
   
27,267
     
34,155
     
32,926
 
                         
Deferred:
                       
Domestic
   
(1,210
)
   
(4,732
)
   
(1,178
)
Foreign
   
(74
)
   
(569
)
   
171
 
Total deferred
   
(1,284
)
   
(5,301
)
   
( 1,007
)
Total income tax provision
 
$
25,983
   
$
28,854
   
$
31,919
 

We have not provided for U.S. income taxes on the undistributed earnings of our foreign subsidiaries that are deferred from U.S. income taxation and that we intend to be permanently reinvested. Provision has been made for U.S. income taxes on the current earnings of our Canadian subsidiary as dividends are expected to be received from Canada related to these earnings. Cumulative undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries on which no U.S. income tax has been provided were $41.5 million at the end of 2015, $35.2 million at the end of 2014 and $25.5 million at the end of 2013. Earnings before income taxes for foreign operations amounted to approximately $14.7 million, $11.6 million and $6.4 million in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
 
STANDARD MOTOR PRODUCTS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
Reconciliations between taxes at the U.S. Federal income tax rate and taxes at our effective income tax rate on earnings from continuing operations before income taxes are as follows (in thousands):
 
   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2015
   
2014
   
2013
 
                   
U.S. Federal income tax rate of 35%
 
$
25,936
   
$
28,614
   
$
29,737
 
Increase (decrease) in tax rate resulting from:
                       
State and local income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit
   
1,857
     
2,309
     
2,936
 
Income tax (tax benefits) attributable to foreign income
   
(1,705
)
   
(1,511
)
   
(428
)
Change in unrecognized tax benefits
   
     
(350
)
   
 
Other non-deductible items, net
   
(192
)
   
134
     
(806
)
Change in valuation allowance
   
87
     
(342
)
   
480
 
Provision for income taxes
 
$
25,983
   
$
28,854
   
$
31,919
 

The following is a summary of the components of the net deferred tax assets and liabilities recognized in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets (in thousands):

   
December 31,
 
   
2015
   
2014
 
Deferred tax assets:
           
Inventories
 
$
17,651
   
$
17,529
 
Allowance for customer returns
   
14,551
     
11,409
 
Postretirement benefits
   
1,127
     
2,155
 
Allowance for doubtful accounts
   
1,512
     
2,347
 
Accrued salaries and benefits
   
9,683
     
10,802
 
Capital loss
   
234
     
234
 
Tax credit carryforwards
   
381
     
313
 
Deferred gain on building sale
   
891
     
1,299
 
Accrued asbestos liabilities
   
13,098
     
13,625
 
     
59,128
     
59,713
 
Valuation allowance (1)
   
(440
)
   
(353
)
Total deferred tax assets
   
58,688
     
59,360
 
Deferred tax liabilities:
               
Depreciation
   
7,054
     
7,023
 
Promotional costs
   
230
     
124
 
Other
   
41
     
738
 
Total deferred tax liabilities
   
7,325
     
7,885
 
                 
Net deferred tax assets
 
$
51,363
   
$
51,475
 

(1) Current net deferred tax assets are $40.6 million and $36.6 million for 2015 and 2014, respectively. Non-current net deferred tax assets are $10.7 million and $14.9 million for 2015 and 2014, respectively. The tax valuation allowance was allocated to long term deferred tax assets in the amounts of $0.4 million in both 2015 and 2014. None of the valuation allowance was allocated to current deferred tax assets in 2015 and 2014 .

In assessing the realizability of the deferred tax assets, we consider whether it is more likely than not that some portion or the entire deferred tax asset will be realized. Ultimately, the realization of the deferred tax asset is dependent upon the generation of sufficient taxable income in those periods in which temporary differences become deductible and/or net operating loss carryforwards can be utilized. We consider the level of historical taxable income, scheduled reversal of temporary differences, carryback and carryforward periods, tax planning strategies and projected future taxable income in determining whether a valuation allowance is warranted. We also consider cumulative losses in recent years as well as the impact of one-time events in assessing our pre-tax earnings. Assumptions regarding future taxable income require significant judgment. Our assumptions are consistent with estimates and plans used to manage our business.
 
STANDARD MOTOR PRODUCTS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
The valuation allowance of $0.4 million as of December 31, 2015 was intended to provide for uncertainty regarding the ultimate realization of our U.S. foreign tax credit carryovers and foreign net operating loss carryovers. Based on these considerations, we believed it was more likely than not that we would realize the benefit of the net deferred tax asset of $51.4 million as of December 31, 2015, which was net of the remaining valuation allowance.
 
At December 31, 2015, we have foreign tax credit carryforwards of approximately $0.4 million that will expire in varying amounts by 2024.
 
A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows (in thousands):

Balance at January 1, 2014
 
$
350
 
Increase based on tax positions taken in the current year
   
 
Decrease based on tax positions taken in the current year
   
(350
)
Balance at December 31, 2014
   
 
Increase based on tax positions taken in the current year
   
 
Decrease based on tax positions taken in the current year
   
 
Balance at December 31, 2015
 
$
 

The amount of uncertain tax positions recognized in 2014 reduced our 2014 annual effective tax rate by 0.43%.
 
We are subject to taxation in the U.S. and various state, local and foreign jurisdictions. As of December 31, 2015, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. Federal tax examinations for years before 2012. We remain subject to examination by state and local tax authorities for tax years 2011 through 2015. Foreign jurisdictions have statutes of limitations generally ranging from 2 to 6 years. Years still open to examination by foreign tax authorities in major jurisdictions include Canada (2011 onward), Hong Kong (2010 onward) and Poland (2010 onward). We do not presently anticipate that our unrecognized tax benefits will significantly increase or decrease over the next 12 months; however, actual developments in this area could differ from those currently expected.
 
17. Industry Segment and Geographic Data

We have two major reportable operating segments, each of which focuses on a specific line of replacement parts. Our Engine Management Segment manufactures and remanufactures ignition and emission parts, ignition wires, battery cables, fuel system parts and sensors for vehicle systems. Our Temperature Control Segment manufactures and remanufactures air conditioning compressors, air conditioning and heating parts, engine cooling system parts, power window accessories and windshield washer system parts.
 
STANDARD MOTOR PRODUCTS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

The accounting policies of each segment are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies (see Note 1). The following tables contain financial information for each reportable segment (in thousands):
 
   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2015
   
2014
   
2013
 
Net sales:
                 
Engine Management
 
$
698,021
   
$
709,263
   
$
711,245
 
Temperature Control
   
264,478
     
259,065
     
262,537
 
Other
   
9,476
     
12,064
     
9,922
 
Total net sales
 
$
971,975
   
$
980,392
   
$
983,704
 
                         
Intersegment sales :
                       
Engine Management
 
$
20,178
   
$
23,633
   
$
25,720
 
Temperature Control
   
6,542
     
6,966
     
6,329
 
Other
   
(26,720
)
   
(30,599
)
   
(32,049
)
Total intersegment sales
 
$
   
$
   
$
 
                         
Depreciation and Amortization:
                       
Engine Management
 
$
12,256
   
$
12,425
   
$
13,235
 
Temperature Control
   
4,329
     
4,171
     
3,763
 
Other
   
1,052
     
699
     
597
 
Total depreciation and amortization
 
$
17,637
   
$
17,295
   
$
17,595
 
                         
Operating income (loss) :
                       
Engine Management
 
$
88,007
   
$
103,861
   
$
96,335
 
Temperature Control
   
6,382
     
6,445
     
9,147
 
Other
   
(18,529
)
   
(24,968
)
   
(18,619
)
Total operating income
 
$
75,860
   
$
85,338
   
$
86,863
 
                         
Investment in equity affiliates:
                       
Engine Management
 
$
6,430
   
$
6,368
   
$
6,308
 
Temperature Control
   
14,192
     
13,636
     
 
Other
   
     
     
 
Total investment in equity affiliates
 
$
20,622
   
$
20,004
   
$
6,308
 
       
Capital expenditures :
                       
Engine Management
 
$
14,574
   
$
11,182
   
$
8,628
 
Temperature Control
   
3,418
     
2,650
     
2,682
 
Other
   
55
     
72
     
100
 
Total capital expenditures
 
$
18,047
   
$
13,904
   
$
11,410
 
                         
Total assets :
                       
Engine Management
 
$
413,102
   
$
409,275
   
$
384,712
 
Temperature Control
   
177,201
     
173,070
     
150,280
 
Other
   
90,761
     
91,206
     
80,531
 
Total assets
 
$
681,064
   
$
673,551
   
$
615,523
 
 
STANDARD MOTOR PRODUCTS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Other consists of items pertaining to our corporate headquarters function, as well as our Canadian business unit that does not meet the criteria of a reportable operating segment. During 2014, included in operating income (loss) other is a $10.6 million litigation charge in connection with a settlement agreement in a legal proceeding with a third party.
 
Reconciliation of segment operating income to net earnings (in thousands):

   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2015
   
2014
   
2013
 
Operating income
 
$
75,860
   
$
85,338
   
$
86,863
 
Other non-operating income (expense)
   
(220
)
   
(1,969
)
   
1
 
Interest expense
   
1,537
     
1,616
     
1,902
 
Earnings from continuing operations before taxes
   
74,103
     
81,753
     
84,962
 
Income tax expense
   
25,983
     
28,854
     
31,919
 
Earnings from continuing operations
   
48,120
     
52,899
     
53,043
 
Discontinued operations, net of tax
   
(2,102
)
   
(9,870
)
   
(1,593
)
Net earnings
 
$
46,018
   
$
43,029
   
$
51,450
 

   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2015
   
2014
   
2013
 
Revenues :
 
(In thousands)
 
United States
 
$
881,206
   
$
884,701
   
$
895,648
 
Canada
   
48,072
     
51,526
     
46,133
 
Europe
   
16,305
     
18,061
     
15,413
 
Other foreign
   
26,392
     
26,104
     
26,510
 
Total revenues
 
$
971,975
   
$
980,392
   
$
983,704
 

   
December 31,
 
   
2015
   
2014
   
2013
 
Long-lived assets :
 
(In thousands)
 
United States
 
$
155,438
   
$
158,350
   
$
135,834
 
Canada
   
1,190
     
1,546
     
1,526
 
Europe
   
12,324
     
11,725
     
11,310
 
Other foreign
   
21,634
     
20,957
     
10,497
 
Total long-lived assets
 
$
190,586
   
$
192,578
   
$
159,167
 
 
Revenues are attributed to countries based upon the location of the customer. Long-lived assets are attributed to countries based upon the location of the assets.
 
Our five largest individual customers, including members of a marketing group, accounted for approximately 68% of our consolidated net sales in 2015, 69% of our consolidated net sales in 2014 and 66% of our consolidated net sales in 2013. During 2015, O’Reilly Automotive, Inc., NAPA Auto Parts, Advance Auto Parts, Inc., and AutoZone, Inc. accounted for 19%, 19%, 17% and 11% of our consolidated net sales, respectively. Net sales from each of the customers were reported in both our Engine Management and Temperature Control Segments.

18. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

We follow a three-level fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to measure fair value. This hierarchy requires entities to maximize the use of “observable inputs” and minimize the use of “unobservable inputs.” The three levels of inputs used to measure fair value are as follows:
 
STANDARD MOTOR PRODUCTS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets as of the measurement date.
 
Level 2: Significant other observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.
 
Level 3: Significant unobservable inputs that reflect assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.

The following is a summary of the carrying amounts, estimated fair values, and classifications under the fair value hierarchy of our financial instruments at December 31, 2015 and 2014 (in thousands):
 
     
December 31, 2015
   
December 31, 2014
 
 
Fair Value
Hierarchy
 
Carrying Amount
   
Fair Value
   
Carrying Amount
   
Fair Value
 
                           
Cash and cash equivalents
LEVEL 1
 
$
18,800
   
$
18,800
   
$
13,728
   
$
13,728
 
Deferred compensation
LEVEL 1
   
10,675
     
10,675
     
9,811
     
9,811
 
Short term borrowings
LEVEL 1
   
47,443
     
47,443
     
56,733
     
56,733
 
Long-term debt
LEVEL 1
   
62
     
62
     
83
     
83
 

For fair value purposes the carrying value of cash and cash equivalents approximates fair value due to the short maturity of those investments. The fair value of the underlying assets held by the deferred compensation plan are based on the quoted market prices of the funds in registered investment companies. The carrying value of our revolving credit facilities, classified as short term borrowings, equals fair market value because the interest rate reflects current market rates.

19. Commitments and Contingencies

Total rent expense for the three years ended December 31, 2015 was as follows (in thousands):

   
Total
   
Real Estate
   
Other
 
2015
 
$
9,756
   
$
7,218
   
$
2,538
 
2014
   
9,702
     
7,355
     
2,347
 
2013
   
9,814
     
7,331
     
2,483
 

At December 31, 2015, we are obligated to make minimum rental payments through 2024, under operating leases, which are as follows (in thousands):

2016
 
$
7,393
 
2017
   
6,278
 
2018
   
4,421
 
2019
   
2,645
 
2020
   
2,303
 
Thereafter
   
6,269
 
Total
 
$
29,309
 
 
STANDARD MOTOR PRODUCTS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Warranties

We generally warrant our products against certain manufacturing and other defects. These product warranties are provided for specific periods of time depending on the nature of the product. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, we have accrued $23.4 million and $19.3 million, respectively, for estimated product warranty claims included in accrued customer returns. The accrued product warranty costs are based primarily on historical experience of actual warranty claims. Warranty expense for each of the years 2015, 2014 and 2013 were $94.6 million, $84.5 million and $78.1 million, respectively.
 
T he following table provides the changes in our product warranties:

   
December 31,
 
   
2015
   
2014
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Balance, beginning of period
 
$
19,328
   
$
18,041
 
Liabilities accrued for current year sales
   
94,593
     
84,480
 
Settlements of warranty claims
   
(90,526
)
   
(83,193
)
Balance, end of period
 
$
23,395
   
$
19,328
 

Letters of Credit

At December 31, 2015, we had outstanding letters of credit with certain vendors aggregating approximately $3.9 million. These letters of credit are being maintained as security for reimbursements to insurance companies and as security to the landlord of our administrative offices in Long Island City, New York. The contract amount of the letters of credit is a reasonable estimate of their value as the value for each is fixed over the life of the commitment.

Change of Control Arrangements

We entered into change in control arrangements with two key officers. In the event of a change of control (as defined in the agreement), each executive will receive severance payments and certain other benefits as provided in their respective agreement.

Asbestos

In 1986, we acquired a brake business, which we subsequently sold in March 1998 and which is accounted for as a discontinued operation. When we originally acquired this brake business, we assumed future liabilities relating to any alleged exposure to asbestos-containing products manufactured by the seller of the acquired brake business. In accordance with the related purchase agreement, we agreed to assume the liabilities for all new claims filed on or after September 2001. Our ultimate exposure will depend upon the number of claims filed against us on or after September 2001 and the amounts paid for indemnity and defense thereof. At December 31, 2015, approximately 2,110 cases were outstanding for which we may be responsible for any related liabilities. Since inception in September 2001 through December 31, 2015, the amounts paid for settled claims are approximately $18.9 million.
 
In evaluating our potential asbestos-related liability, we have considered various factors including, among other things, an actuarial study of the asbestos related liabilities performed by an independent actuarial firm, our settlement amounts and whether there are any co-defendants, the jurisdiction in which lawsuits are filed, and the status and results of settlement discussions. As is our accounting policy, we consider the advice of actuarial consultants with experience in assessing asbestos-related liabilities to estimate our potential claim liability. The methodology used to project asbestos-related liabilities and costs in our actuarial study considered: (1) historical data available from publicly available studies; (2) an analysis of our recent claims history to estimate likely filing rates into the future; (3) an analysis of our currently pending claims; and (4) an analysis of our settlements to date in order to develop average settlement values.
 
STANDARD MOTOR PRODUCTS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
The most recent actuarial study was performed as of August 31, 2015. The updated study has estimated an undiscounted liability for settlement payments, excluding legal costs and any potential recovery from insurance carriers, ranging from $33.3 million to $51.1 million for the period through 2058. The change from the prior year study was a $2.8 million decrease for the low end of the range and a $4.3 million decrease for the high end of the range. The decrease in the estimated undiscounted liability from the prior year study at both the low end and high end of the range reflects our actual experience over the prior twelve months, our historical data and certain assumptions with respect to events that may occur in the future. Based on the information contained in the actuarial study and all other available information considered by us, we have concluded that no amount within the range of settlement payments was more likely than any other and, therefore, in assessing our asbestos liability we compare the low end of the range to our recorded liability to determine if an adjustment is required. Based upon the results of the August 31, 2015 actuarial study, a favorable adjustment to the asbestos liability was not recorded in our consolidated financial statements as the difference between our recorded liability and the liability in the actuarial report at the low end of the range was not material. Future legal costs, which are expensed as incurred and reported in loss from discontinued operations in the accompanying statement of operations, are estimated, according to the updated study, to range from $40 million to $75.5 million for the period through 2058.
 
We plan to perform an annual actuarial evaluation during the third quarter of each year for the foreseeable future. Given the uncertainties associated with projecting such matters into the future and other factors outside our control, we can give no assurance that additional provisions will not be required. We will continue to monitor the circumstances surrounding these potential liabilities in determining whether additional provisions may be necessary. At the present time, however, we do not believe that any additional provisions would be reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on our liquidity or consolidated financial position.

Litigation Charge

During the second quarter of 2014, we reached a settlement in a legal proceeding with a third party for $10.6 million. The legal proceeding resulted from the default of a loan by a former supplier and its related businesses and our subsequent purchases of product from a third party that was alleged to be a controlled company of the original supplier. Since the inception of the legal proceeding against us, we vigorously opposed all such allegations and believed that we had meritorious defenses. Prior to reaching the settlement, we considered that the incurrence of a loss contingency related to the lawsuit was not reasonably possible. Accordingly, we did not record any provisions in our financial statements since our potential liability was not considered probable and reasonably estimable. During the second quarter of 2014, at the time of the settlement, we recorded the settlement amount of $10.6 million. The settlement agreement was approved by the court in August 2014 and payment of the settlement amount was made in September 2014. The settlement amount was funded from cash on hand and available credit under our revolving credit facility.

Other Litigation

We are currently involved in various other legal claims and legal proceedings (some of which may involve substantial amounts), including claims related to commercial disputes, product liability, employment, and environmental. Although these legal claims and legal proceedings are subject to inherent uncertainties, based on our understanding and evaluation of the relevant facts and circumstances, we believe that the ultimate outcome of these matters will not, either individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations . We may at any time determine that settling any of these matters is in our best interests, which settlement may include substantial payments. Although we cannot currently predict the specific amount of any liability that may ultimately arise with respect to any of these matters, we will record provisions when the liability is considered probable and reasonably estimable. Significant judgment is required in both the determination of probability and the determination as to whether an exposure can be reasonably estimated. As additional information becomes available, we reassess our potential liability related to these matters. Such revisions of the potential liabilities could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
 
STANDARD MOTOR PRODUCTS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

20. Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

   
2015 Quarter Ended
 
   
Dec. 31
   
Sept. 30
   
June 30
   
Mar. 31
 
   
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
Net sales
 
$
204,967
   
$
270,037
   
$
269,382
   
$
227,589
 
Gross profit
   
62,786
     
81,553
     
72,760
     
63,889
 
Earnings from continuing operations
   
5,779
     
19,194
     
13,808
     
9,339
 
Loss from discontinued operations, net of taxes
   
(553
)
   
(728
)
   
(430
)
   
(391
)
Net earnings
 
$
5,226
   
$
18,466
   
$
13,378
   
$
8,948
 
                                 
Net earnings from continuing operations per common share:
                               
Basic
 
$
0.26
   
$
0.84
   
$
0.60
   
$
0.41
 
Diluted
 
$
0.25
   
$
0.83
   
$
0.59
   
$
0.40
 
Net earnings per common share:
 
Basic
 
$
0.23
   
$
0.81
   
$
0.58
   
$
0.39
 
Diluted
 
$
0.23
   
$
0.80
   
$
0.58
   
$
0.39
 
 
   
2014 Quarter Ended
 
   
Dec. 31
   
Sept. 30
   
June 30
   
Mar. 31
 
   
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
Net sales
 
$
218,054
   
$
257,046
   
$
272,540
   
$
232,752
 
Gross profit
   
67,094
     
77,227
     
77,399
     
67,910
 
Earnings from continuing operations
   
11,517
     
17,806
     
11,169
     
12,407
 
Loss from discontinued operations, net of taxes
   
(419
)
   
(8,240
)
   
(529
)
   
(682
)
Net earnings
 
$
11,098
   
$
9,566
   
$
10,640
   
$
11,725
 
 
                               
Net earnings from continuing operations per common share:
                               
Basic
 
$
0.50
   
$
0.78
   
$
0.49
   
$
0.54
 
Diluted
 
$
0.50
   
$
0.77
   
$
0.48
   
$
0.53
 
Net earnings per common share:
 
Basic
 
$
0.48
   
$
0.42
   
$
0.47
   
$
0.51
 
Diluted
 
$
0.48
   
$
0.41
   
$
0.46
   
$
0.50
 
 
STANDARD MOTOR PRODUCTS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

21. Subsequent Event

In February 2016, in connection with our ongoing efforts to improve operating efficiencies and reduce costs, we announced and finalized our intention to implement a plant rationalization initiative. As part of the plant rationalization, we plan to relocate certain production activities from our Grapevine, Texas manufacturing facility to facilities in Greenville, South Carolina and Reynosa, Mexico, relocate certain service functions from Grapevine, Texas to our administrative offices in Lewisville, Texas, and close our Grapevine, Texas facility. In addition, certain production activities will be relocated from our Greenville, South Carolina manufacturing facility to our manufacturing facility in Bialystok, Poland. One-time plant rationalization costs of approximately $9 million are expected to be incurred in 2016 and 2017 consisting of restructuring and integration expenses of approximately $5 million related to employee severance and relocation of certain machinery and equipment; capital expenditures of approximately $2.6 million; and temporary incremental operating expenses of approximately $1.4 million. Substantially all of the one-time plant rationalization costs are anticipated to result in future cash expenditures. We anticipate that the plant rationalization will be completed within 12 to 24 months.
 
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

(a) Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures .

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures, as such term is defined under Rule 13a-15(e) and Rule 15d-15(e) promulgated under the Exchange Act, as of the end of the period covered by this Report. This evaluation also included consideration of our internal controls and procedures for the preparation of our financial statements as required under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”). Based upon that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this Report.

(b) Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting .

Pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as part of this Report we have furnished a report regarding our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015. The report is under the caption “Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting” in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” which report is included herein.

(c) Attestation Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm .

KPMG LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, has issued an opinion as to the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015. The opinion is under the caption “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm−Internal Control Over Financial Reporting” in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” for this attestation report, which is included herein.

(d) Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting .

During the quarter ended December 31, 2015 and subsequent to that date, we have not made changes in our internal control over financial reporting that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
 
We continue to review, document and test our internal control over financial reporting using the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) in the 2013 Internal Control–Integrated Framework. We may from time to time make changes aimed at enhancing their effectiveness and to ensure that our systems evolve with our business. These efforts may lead to various changes in our internal control over financial reporting.
 
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

None.

PART III
 
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the information in our Definitive Proxy Statement to be filed with the SEC in connection with our 2016 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the “2016 Proxy Statement”) set forth under the captions “Election of Directors,” “Management Information,” “Corporate Governance” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance.”

The Board of Directors of the Company has adopted a Code of Ethics that applies to all employees, officers and directors of the Company. The Company’s Code of Ethics is available at www.smpcorp.com under “Investor Relations─Governance Documents.” The Company intends to satisfy any disclosure requirement under Item 5.05 of Form 8-K regarding an amendment to, or waiver from, a provision of the Company’s Code of Ethics that applies to its principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions, by disclosing such information on the Company’s website, at the address specified above.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the information in our 2016 Proxy Statement set forth under captions “Corporate Governance,” “Compensation Discussion & Analysis,” “Executive Compensation and Related Information” and “Report of the Compensation and Management Development Committee.”

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the information in our 2016 Proxy Statement set forth under the captions “Executive Compensation and Related Information” and “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.”

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
 
The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the information in our 2016 Proxy Statement set forth under the captions “Corporate Governance” and “Executive Compensation and Related Information.”
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the information in our 2016 Proxy Statement set forth under the captions “Audit and Non-Audit Fees.”
 
PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
 
(a)
 
(1) The Index to Consolidated Financial Statements of the Registrant under Item 8 of this Report is incorporated herein by reference as the list of Financial Statements required as part of this Report.
 
(2) The following financial schedule and related report for the years 2015, 2014 and 2013 is submitted herewith:

Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

All other schedules are omitted because they are not required, not applicable or the information is included in the financial statements or notes thereto.

(3) Exhibits.

The exhibit list in the Exhibit Index is incorporated by reference as the list of exhibits required as part of this Report.
 
SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 
STANDARD MOTOR PRODUCTS, INC.
 
 
(Registrant)
 
   
 
/s/ Lawrence I. Sills
 
Lawrence I. Sills
 
Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Director
   
 
/s/ James J. Burke
 
James J. Burke
 
Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer

New York, New York
February 26, 2016

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Lawrence I. Sills and James J. Burke, jointly and severally, as his attorneys-in-fact, each with the power of substitution, for him in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:
 
February 26, 2016
/s/   Lawrence I. Sills
 
Lawrence I. Sills
 
Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Director
 
(Principal Executive Officer)

February 26, 2016
/s/   James J. Burke
  James J. Burke
  Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer
  (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
 
February 26, 2016
/s/   Pamela Forbes Lieberman
  Pamela Forbes Lieberman, Director
   
February 26, 2016
/s/   Joseph W. McDonnell
  Joseph W. McDonnell, Director
   
February 26, 2016
/s/   Alisa C. Norris
  Alisa C. Norris, Director
   
February 26, 2016
/s/   Arthur S. Sills
  Arthur S. Sills, Director
   
February 26, 2016
/s/   Peter J. Sills
  Peter J. Sills, Director
   
February 26, 2016
/s/   Frederick D. Sturdivant
  Frederick D. Sturdivant, Director
   
February 26, 2016
/s/   William H. Turner
  William H. Turner, Director
   
February 26, 2016
/s/   Richard S. Ward
  Richard S. Ward, Director
   
February 26, 2016
/s/   Roger M. Widmann
  Roger M. Widmann, Director
 
STANDARD MOTOR PRODUCTS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
EXHIBIT INDEX
 
Exhibit
Number
 
   
3.1
Restated By-Laws, dated May 23, 1996, filed as an Exhibit to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996.
   
3.2
Restated Certificate of Incorporation, dated July 31, 1990, filed as an Exhibit to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10‑K for the year ended December 31, 1990.
   
3.3
Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation, dated February 15, 1996, filed as an Exhibit to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1996.
   
Amended and Restated Employee Stock Ownership Plan and Trust of Standard Motor Products, Inc., dated January 1, 2015.
   
10.2
2006 Omnibus Incentive Plan of Standard Motor Products, Inc., as amended (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-174330), filed on May 19, 2011).
   
10.3
2004 Omnibus Stock Option Plan of Standard Motor Products, Inc. and 2004 Independent Directors’ Stock Option Plan of Standard Motor Products, Inc. (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-134239), filed on June 7, 2005).
   
10.4
Supplemental Compensation Plan effective October 1, 2001 (incorporated by reference to the   Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001).
   
10.5
Severance Compensation Agreement, dated December 12, 2001, between Standard Motor Products, Inc. and John Gethin (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001).
   
10.6
Severance Compensation Agreement, dated December 12, 2001, between Standard Motor Products, Inc. and James Burke (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001).
   
10.7
Credit Agreement, dated as of December 29, 2005, among SMP Motor Products, Ltd., as Borrower, (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 3, 2006).
   
10.8
Amendment to the Standard Motor Products, Inc. Supplemental Compensation Plan, effective December 1, 2006 (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006).
   
10.9
Retention Bonus and Insurance Agreement dated December 26, 2006, between Standard Motor Products, Inc. and James Burke (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006).
 
STANDARD MOTOR PRODUCTS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit
Number
 
   
10.10
Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated December 21, 2007, between Standard Motors Products, Inc. and EXII Northern Boulevard Acquisition LLC (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007).
   
10.11
Lease Agreement, dated March 12, 2008, between Standard Motors Products, Inc. and 37-18 Northern Boulevard LLC (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007).
   
10.12
First Amendment Agreement dated as of March 20, 2007, among SMP Motor Products, Ltd., as borrower and the other credit parties thereto, and GE Canada Finance Holding Company, as lender and agent, and the other lenders thereto (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form 8-K filed March 21, 2007).
   
10.13
Second Amendment Agreement dated as of May 1, 2007, among SMP Motor Products, Ltd., as borrower and the other credit parties thereto, and GE Canada Finance Holding Company, as lender and agent, and the other lenders thereto (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009).
   
10.14
Amendment No. 3 to Credit Agreement dated as of December 18, 2008, among SMP Motor Products, Ltd., as borrower and the other credit parties thereto, and GE Canada Finance Holding Company, as lender and agent, and the other lenders thereto (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form 8-K filed December 22, 2008).
   
10.15
Amendment to Severance Compensation Agreement, dated as of December 15, 2008, between Standard Motor Products, Inc. and John Gethin (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009).
   
10.16
Amendment to Severance Compensation Agreement, dated as of December 15, 2008, between Standard Motor Products, Inc. and James Burke (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009).
   
10.17
Amended and Restated Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, dated as of December 31, 2010 (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 20 1 0).
   
10.18
Amendment No. 4 to Credit Agreement, dated as of June 26, 2009, among SMP Motor Products, Ltd., as borrower and the other credit parties thereto, and GE Canada Finance Holding Company, as lender and agent, and the other lenders thereto (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form 8-K filed June 29, 2009).
   
10.19
Amendment No. 5 to Credit Agreement, dated as of May 20, 2010, among SMP Motor Products, Ltd., as borrower and the other credit parties thereto, and GE Canada Finance Holding Company, as lender and agent, and the other lenders thereto (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form 8-K filed May 20, 2010).
 
STANDARD MOTOR PRODUCTS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit
Number
 
   
10.20
Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of November 2, 2010, among Standard Motor Products, Inc., as borrower and the other credit parties thereto, and General Electric Capital Corp., as agent and lender, Bank of America, N.A. and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, as lenders and co-syndication agents, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as lender and as documentation agent, and the other lenders thereto (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form 8-K filed November 12, 2010).
   
10.21
Amendment No. 6 to Credit Agreement, dated as of November 10, 2010, among SMP Motor Products, Ltd., as borrower and the other credit parties thereto, and GE Canada Finance Holding Company, as lender and agent, and the other lenders thereto (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form 8-K filed November 12, 2010).
   
10.22
Amendment to Severance Compensation Agreement, dated as of March 8, 2011, between Standard Motor Products, Inc. and John Gethin (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010).
   
10.23
Amendment to Severance Compensation Agreement, dated as of March 8, 2011, between Standard Motor Products, Inc. and James Burke (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010).
   
10.24
Amendment No. 1 to Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of September 22, 2011, among Standard Motor Products, Inc., as borrower and the other credit parties thereto, and General Electric Capital Corp., as agent and lender, Bank of America, N.A. and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, as lenders and co-syndication agents, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as lender and as documentation agent, and the other lenders thereto (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form 8-K filed September 22, 2011).
   
10.25
Amendment No. 7 to Credit Agreement, dated as of September 22, 2011, among SMP Motor Products, Ltd., as borrower and the other credit parties thereto, and GE Canada Finance Holding Company, as lender and agent, and the other lenders thereto (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form 8-K filed September 22, 2011).
   
10.26
Amendment No. 2 to Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of February 22, 2013, among Standard Motor Products, Inc., as borrower and the other credit parties thereto, and General Electric Capital Corp., as agent and lender, Bank of America, N.A. and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, as lenders and co-syndication agents, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as lender and as documentation agent, and the other lenders thereto (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 8, 2013).
   
10.27
Amendment No. 8 to Credit Agreement, dated as of May 16, 2013, among SMP Motor Products, Ltd., as borrower and the other credit parties thereto, and GE Canada Finance Holding Company, as lender and agent, and the other lenders thereto (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form 8-K filed May 20, 2013).
   
10.28
Amendment No. 3 to Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of May 16, 2013, among Standard Motor Products, Inc., as borrower and the other credit parties thereto, and General Electric Capital Corp., as agent and lender, Bank of America, N.A. and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, as lenders and co-syndication agents, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as lender and as documentation agent, and the other lenders thereto (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form 8-K filed May 20, 2013).
 
STANDARD MOTOR PRODUCTS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit
Number
 
   
10.29
Amendment No. 4 to Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of June 12, 2015, among Standard Motor Products, Inc., as borrower and the other credit parties thereto, and General Electric Capital Corp., as agent and lender, Bank of America, N.A. and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, as lenders and co-syndication agents, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as lender and as documentation agent, and the other lenders thereto (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form 8-K filed June 18, 2015).
   
10.30
Credit Agreement, dated as of October 28, 2015, among Standard Motor Products, Inc., as borrower and the other loan parties thereto, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as agent and lender, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, as sole bookrunner and joint lead arranger, Bank of America, N.A. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as co-syndication agents and joint lead arrangers, and the other lenders thereto (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form 8-K filed October 30, 2015).
   
List of Subsidiaries of Standard Motor Products, Inc.
   
Consent of KPMG LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
   
24
Power of Attorney (see signature page to Annual Report on Form 10-K).
   
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
   
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
   
Certification of Chief Executive Officer furnished pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
   
Certification of Chief Financial Officer furnished pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
101.INS**
XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH**
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL**
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.LAB**
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PRE**
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
101.DEF**
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

** In accordance with Regulation S-T, the XBRL-related information in Exhibit 101 to the Original Filing shall be deemed to be “furnished” and not “filed.”
 
STANDARD MOTOR PRODUCTS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Schedule II ‑ Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

Years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013

         
Additions
             
Description
 
Balance at
beginning
of year
   
Charged to
costs and
expenses
   
Other
   
Deductions
   
Balance at
end of year
 
 
Year ended December 31, 2015:
                             
Allowance for doubtful accounts
 
$
4,894,000
   
$
3,371,000 (1
)
 
$
   
$
5,064,000
   
$
3,201,000
 
Allowance for discounts
   
1,475,000
     
9,872,000
     
     
10,302,000
     
1,045,000
 
   
$
6,369,000
   
$
13,243,000
   
$
   
$
15,366,000
   
$
4,246,000
 
                                         
Allowance for sales returns
 
$
30,621,000
   
$
133,355,000
   
$
   
$
125,164,000
   
$
38,812,000
 
                                         
                                         
Year ended December 31, 2014:
                                       
Allowance for doubtful accounts
 
$
5,528,000
   
$
(497,000
)  
$
   
$
137,000
   
$
4,894,000
 
Allowance for discounts
   
1,441,000
     
13,568,000
     
     
13,534,000
     
1,475,000
 
   
$
6,969,000
   
$
13,071,000
   
$
   
$
13,671,000
   
$
6,369,000
 
                                         
Allowance for sales returns
 
$
31,464,000
   
$
126,608,000
   
$
   
$
127,451,000
   
$
30,621,000
 
                                         
Year ended December 31, 2013:
                                       
Allowance for doubtful accounts
 
$
4,944,000
   
$
641,000
   
$
   
$
57,000
   
$
5,528,000
 
Allowance for discounts
   
1,180,000
     
14,802,000
     
     
14,541,000
     
1,441,000
 
   
$
6,124,000
   
$
15,443,000
   
$
   
$
14,598,000
   
$
6,969,000
 
                                         
Allowance for sales returns
 
$
29,033,000
   
$
114,958,000
   
$
   
$
112,527,000
   
$
31,464,000
 
 
(1) Includes a net $3,514,000 charge relating to one of our customers that filed a petition for bankruptcy in January 2016.
 

97


Exhibit 10.1
 
EMPLOYEE STOCK

OWNERSHIP PLAN AND TRUST OF

STANDARD MOTOR PRODUCTS, INC.

Amended and Restated

Effective January 1, 2015
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
     Page
     
ARTICLE ONE
DEFINITIONS
1
     
ARTICLE TWO
PURPOSE
12
     
ARTICLE THREE
PARTICIPANTS
13
     
ARTICLE FOUR
COMPANY  CONTRIBUTIONS
14
     
ARTICLE FIVE
EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS
16
     
ARTICLE SIX
ALLOCATION OF CONTRIBUTIONS AND FORFEITURES
17
     
ARTICLE SEVEN
TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT
26
     
ARTICLE EIGHT
MANNER OF PAYMENT
30
     
ARTICLE NINE
ADMINISTRATION
43
     
ARTICLE TEN
CLAIM PROCEDURES
47
     
ARTICLE ELEVEN
TRUSTEES’ POWERS AND DUTIES
49
     
ARTICLE TWELVE
TOP HEAVY RULES
57
     
ARTICLE THIRTEEN
MISCELLANEOUS
65
     
ARTICLE FOURTEEN
AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
66
     
ARTICLE FIFTEEN
REPURCHASE OF COMPANY SECURITIES
68
     
APPENDIX I
EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN AND TRUST OF STANDARD MOTOR PRODUCTS, INC.
1
 
- i -

WHEREAS, the Standard Motor Products, Inc. (the “Company”) has established and maintained the Employee Stock Ownership Plan and Trust of Standard Motor Products, Inc. (the “Plan”); and

WHEREAS, the Company intends that the Plan meet the requirements of an employee stock ownership plan under Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Code”) for its eligible employees; and

WHEREAS, Section 14.1 of the Plan permits the Employer to amend the Plan; and

WHEREAS, the Plan was most recently amended and restated effective January 1, 2011; and

WHEREAS, the Employer wishes to amend and restate the Plan, effective January 1, 2015, to comply with statutory, regulatory and other changes in the rules governing the Plan.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Plan is hereby amended and restated effective January 1, 2015 except where otherwise specifically stated in the document.
 

ARTICLE ONE

Definitions

For purposes of this Plan, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings indicated, unless a different meaning is plainly required by the context:

1.1           “Account” means the separate account which the Trustees shall maintain for a Participant under the Plan pursuant to Section 6.1 of the Plan.

1.2           “Accounting Date” means the last day of the Plan Year or such other interim valuation date as may be set by the Trustees.

1.3           “Beneficiary” means a person designated by a Participant, or otherwise, who is or may become entitled to a benefit under the Plan.

1.4           “Break in Service” means an eligibility or vesting computation period, as the case may be, during which a Participant has not completed more than 500 Hours of Service. Solely for purposes of determining whether the Employee incurs a Break in Service under any provision of this Plan, the Trustees shall credit Hours of Service during an Employee’ s unpaid absence period due to maternity or paternity leave. The Trustees shall consider an Employee on maternity or paternity leave if the Employee’s absence is due to the Employee’s pregnancy, the birth of the Employee’s child, the place with the Employee of an adopted child, or the care of the Employee’s child following the child’s birth or placement. The Trustees shall credit Hours of Service under this paragraph on the basis of the number of Hours of Service the Employee would receive, on the basis of 8 hours per day during the absence period. The Trustees shall credit only the number of Hours of Service (up to 501 Hours of Service) necessary to prevent an Employee’s Break in Service. The Trustees shall credit all Hours of Service described in this paragraph to the computation period in which the absence period begins or, if the Employee does not need these Hours of Service to prevent a Break in Service in the computation period in which his absence period begins, the Trustee shall credit these Hours of Service to the immediately following computation period.
 
1

1.5           “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

1.6           “Company” means Standard Motor Products, Inc., a New York corporation and any successor thereto.

1.7           “Company Securities” means shares of stock which constitute employer securities with respect to the Company as defined in Section 409(l) of the Code.

1.8           “Compensation” means the compensation as reported on Form W-2, excluding military differential pay as described in Section 3401(h) of the Code, and including any salary reduction contributions made by the Employee pursuant to a plan described in Section 125 of the Code or qualified under Section 401(k) of the Code, for services paid by an Employer to an Employee during the Plan Year.  For purposes of Article IV and Section 6.2 of the Plan, Compensation shall not include any payments an individual receives while not an Employee, including, but not limited to, severance payments.

If for a Plan Year the average of the ratios of the Compensation for each Participant (as limited by the second paragraph of this Section) who is not a Highly Compensated Employee to his Compensation as determined under Section 6.3 for such year (including amounts deferred under a Section 401(k) plan or Section 125 plan maintained by an Employer but after application of the second and third paragraphs of this Section 1.8) is less than the corresponding average office ratios during such Plan Year for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees, then for all purposes under the Plan, the Compensation of each Employee who is not a Highly Compensated Employee shall be his compensation as determined under Section 6.3 for such year (including amounts deferred under a Section 401(k) plan or Section 125 plan maintained by an Employer).
 
2

For the purposes of Section 6.3 and Article Twelve, Compensation shall include:

I)          The Participant’s wages, salaries, fees for professional service and other amounts received for personal services actually rendered in the course of employment with the Employer maintaining the Plan (including, but not limited to, commissions paid salesman, compensation for services on the basis of a percentage of profits, commissions or insurance premiums, tips and bonuses).

II)         In the case of a Participant who is an Employee within the meaning of Section 401(c)(l) and the regulations thereunder, the Participant’s earned income (as described in Section 40l(c)(2) and the regulations thereunder.)

III)       For purposes of subdivisions (I) and (II) of this subparagraph, earned income from sources outside the United States (as defined in Section 911(b) of the Code), whether or not excludable from gross income under Section 911 or deductible under Section 913 of the Code.

IV)       Amounts described in Sections 104(a)(3), 105(a), and 105(h) of the Code, but only to the extent that these amounts are includible in the gross income of the Employee.

V)         Compensation shall also include elective contributions that are not includible in the gross income of the Employee by reason of Section 132(f) of the Code.
 
3

VI)       Amounts paid or reimbursed by the Employer for moving expenses incurred by an Employee, but only to the extent that these amounts are not deductible by the Employee under Section 217 of the Code.

VII)      The value of a non-qualified stock option granted to an Employee by the Employer, but only to the extent that the value of the option is includable in the gross income of the Employee for the taxable year in which granted.

VIII)     The amount includable in the gross income of an Employee upon making the election described in Section 83(b) of the Code.

IX)       Any elective deferral (as defined in Section 402(g)(3) of the Code), and any amount which is contributed by the Employer at the election of the Employee and which is not includible in the gross income of the Employee by reason of Section 125 of the Code.

For the purposes of Section 6.3 and Article Twelve, Compensation shall not include:

I)          Contributions made by an Employer to a plan of deferred compensation to the extent that, before the application of the Section 415 of the Code limitations to that plan, the contributions are not includable in the gross income of the Employee for the taxable year in which contributed. In addition, Employer contributions made on behalf of an Employee to a simplified employee pension described in Section 408(k) of the Code are not considered as Compensation for the taxable year in which contributed to the extent such contributions are deductible by the Employee under Section 219(b)(7) of the Code. Additionally, any distributions from a funded plan of deferred compensation are not considered as Compensation for Section 415 purposes, regardless of whether such amounts are includible in the gross income of the Employee when distributed. However, any amounts received by an Employee pursuant to an unfunded nonqualified plan may be considered as compensation for Section 415 purposes in the year such amounts are includable in the gross income of the Employee.
 
4

II)         Amounts realized from the exercise of a nonqualified stock option, or when restricted stock (or property) held by an Employee either becomes freely transferable or is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture.

III)       Amounts realized from the sale, exchange, or other disposition of stock under a qualified stock option.

IV)       Other amounts which have special tax benefits, such as premiums for group term life insurance (but only to the extent that the premiums are not includible in the gross income of the Employee), or contributions made by an Employer (whether or not under a salary reduction agreement) towards the purchase of an annuity contract as described in Section 403(b) or under a Section 401(k) Plan (whether or not the contributions are excludable from the gross income of the Employee).

The annual Compensation of each Participant taken into account in determining allocations for any Plan Year shall not exceed $200,000, as adjusted for cost-of-living increases in accordance with section 401(a)(17)(B) of the Code (the limit for the 2015 and 2016 Plan Years is $265,000).  Annual Compensation means Compensation during the Plan Year or such other consecutive 12-month period over which Compensation is otherwise determined under the Plan (the determination period).  The cost-of-living adjustment in effect for a calendar year applies to annual Compensation for the determination period that begins with or within such calendar year.
 
5

1.9           “Disability” means that a Participant, because of a physical or mental disability, is unable to perform the duties of his customary position of employment for an indefinite period which the Trustee considers will be of long and continued duration.

1.10         “Disqualified Person” shall have the meaning ascribed to that term under Section 4975(e)(2).

1.11         “Eligible Spouse” shall mean a Participant’s spouse if the Participant and such spouse had been legally married throughout the 1-year period ending on the date of the Participant’s death. To the extent provided in any qualified domestic relations order, “Eligible Spouse” shall also mean a former spouse of the Participant, if such former spouse and Participant had been married for at least 1 year.

1.12         “Employee” means any individual employed by an Employer.

1.13         “Employer” means the Company, or any ERISA Affiliate that, with the consent of the Company, hereafter adopts the Plan, as provided in Section 13.4.

1.14         “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Act of 1974, as amended.

1.15         “ERISA Affiliate” means any organization (whether or not incorporated) which, together with the Employer, is a member of a controlled group of corporations (as modified by Section 409(l)(4) of the Code), is under “common control” or is a member of an “affiliated service group” within the meaning of Sections 414(b), 414(c) and 414(m) of the Code, respectively.

1.16         “Exempt Loan” means a loan (including an extension of credit) used by the Trust to finance the acquisition of Company Securities, which loan may be made or guaranteed by a Disqualified Person, provided the loan satisfies the requirements of Treasury Regulation 54.4975-7(b).
 
6

1.17         “Fair Market Value” means the fair market value as set by procedures established by the Trustee that comply with Section 3(18) of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code.

1.18         “Highly Compensated Employee” means an Employee who (i) was a 5% owner during the current or preceding Plan Year; or (ii) earned more than $80,000 (or larger amount, as indexed) for the preceding Plan Year.  The dollar amount referred to in the prior sentence shall be adjusted in accordance with regulations issued by the Secretary of the Treasury or his delegate pursuant to Section 415(d) of the Code, such adjustment to be effective for the Plan Year beginning in the calendar year for which such adjustment is announced; for 2015 and 2016, such amount is $120,000.

For this purpose, a former employee shall be treated as a highly compensated employee if

A)        such former employee was a highly compensated employee when he terminated his employment, or

B)          such former employee was a highly compensated employee at any time after attaining age 55.

1.19         “Hour of Service” means:

(a)           Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment, for the performance of duties for an Employer. These hours shall be credited to the Employee for the computation period or periods in which duties are performed;
 
7

(b)           Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment, by an Employer on account of a period of time during which no duties are performed (irrespective of whether the employment relationship has terminated) due to vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity (including disability), layoff, jury duty, military duty or leave of absence. For purposes of this paragraph (b), a payment shall be deemed to be made by or due from an Employer regardless of whether such payment is made by or due from an Employer directly, or indirectly through, among others, a trust fund or insurer to which an Employer contributes or pays premiums, and regardless of whether contributions made or due to the trust fund, insurer or other entity are for the benefit of particular Employees or are on behalf of a group of Employees in the aggregate. In the case of a family and medical leave of absence a Participant shall be credited, to the extent required by the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993, for purposes of eligibility for participation and vesting, with the total number of Hours of Service he or she would have worked has he or she not been on a family and medical leave of absence;

(c)           Each hour for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, is either awarded or agreed to by an Employer. The same Hours of Service shall not be credited under both paragraph (a) or paragraph (b), as the case may be, and under this paragraph (c). These hours shall be credited to the Employee for the computation period or periods to which the award or agreement pertains rather than the computation period or periods in which the award, agreement or payment is made. Crediting of Hours of Service for back pay awarded or agreed to with respect to periods described in paragraph (b) above shall be subject to the limitations set forth in that paragraph;

(d)           No more than 501 Hours of Service shall be credited under paragraphs (b) and (c) for the nonperformance of duties for any single continuous period (whether or not such period occurs in a single computation period). Hours of Service hereunder shall be calculated and credited pursuant to Section 2530.200b-2(b) and (c) of the Department of Labor regulations which are incorporated herein by reference. In crediting Hours of Service hereunder, each Employee for whom the Employer does not maintain hourly work records and who completes at least one Hour of Service (pursuant to paragraphs (a), (b) or (c) above) during any week shall be credited with 45 Hours of Service for such week. For each other Employee, Hours of Service shall be credited based on the number of hours actually worked. For purposes of this Section 1.19, the term Employee shall include all persons employed by an Employer including employees covered by a collective bargaining agreement and the term Employer shall include all ER1SA Affiliates whether or not they have adopted the Plan;
 
8

(e)           Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in case of an absence from employment because of qualified military service, an Employee shall be credited, to the extent required by the Uniform Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994 and Code Section 414(u), for purposes of eligibility and vesting, with the total number of Hours of Service he would have worked had he not been on a leave of absence due to military service.

1.20         “Normal Retirement Date” means the date on which a Participant attains 65 years of age.

1.21         “Participant” means any present or former Employee who is qualified to participate and does participate in the Plan and for whom there remains an account balance.

1.22         “Plan” means the tax-qualified stock bonus plan established by the Company hereunder, designed to invest primarily in Company Securities and known as the Employee Stock Ownership Plan and Trust of Standard Motor Products, Inc.

1.23         “Plan Administrator” shall be the person designated by the Company from time to time to have full responsibility for compliance with the reporting and disclosure rules under the Act with respect to the Plan, and such other duties as may be consistent therewith. lf no such person or committee is designated, the Company shall be the Plan Administrator.
 
9

1.24         “Plan Year” means the 12 consecutive month period beginning on January 1 and ending on December 31.

1.25         “Rollover Account” means the amount maintained by the Trustees for a Participant who has elected to make a rollover contribution as provided in Section 5.2 of the Plan.

1.26         “Trust” means the entity created under the provisions of this Plan.

1.27         “Trustees” means the party or parties, individual or corporate, who are signatories to this Plan as Trustees, and any duly appointed additional or successor Trustee or Trustees acting hereunder. The Trustees shall be the “named fiduciaries” referred to in Section 402(a) of ERISA with respect to the control management and disposition of the assets of the Trust.

1.28         “Trust Fund” means the total of the contributions made by the Employers to the Trust pursuant to the Plan, increased by profits, gains, income and recoveries received, and decreased by losses, depreciation, benefits paid and expenses incurred in the administration of the Trust. Trust Funds includes all assets acquired by investment and reinvestment which are held in the Trust by the Trustees.
 

10

1.29         “Year of Service” means a 12 consecutive month period during which an Employee is credited with at least 1,000 Hours of Service. For purposes of determining an Employee’s eligibility for participation in the Plan, the initial 12 month period shall begin on the first day on which such Employee shall be credited with an Hour of Service and the subsequent 12 consecutive month period shall be Plan Years (including Plan Years prior to the effective date of the Plan) beginning after the first day on which the Employee is credited with an Hour of Service. In the case of an Employee who incurs a Break in Service at a time when he is nonvested in any portion of his benefit, and whose Break in Service exceeds the greater of (i) 5, or (ii) his years of eligibility service prior to such Break in Service, his eligibility service prior to such Break in Service shall be disregarded for eligibility purposes and for the initial 12 consecutive month period for determining his eligibility for participation following such Breaks in Service.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in determining Hours and Years of Service under the Plan, the Employer intends to use the “Months of Employment Equivalency” method as defined under Department of Labor Regulations for determining Years of Service for an Employee whose hours are not tracked by the Employer; such Employee shall be deemed to have worked one hundred ninety (190) Hours in each month in which the Employee works at least one (1) Hour of Service.
 
1.30         “Year of Vesting Service” means any Plan Year, including Plan Years beginning prior to January 1, 1997, during which an Employee is credited with at least 1,000 Hours of Service.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in determining Hours and Years of Vesting Service under the Plan, the Employer intends to use the “Months of Employment Equivalency” method as defined under Department of Labor Regulations for determining Years of Vesting Service for an Employee whose hours are not tracked by the Employer; such Employee shall be deemed to have worked one hundred ninety (190) Hours in each month in which the Employee works at least one (1) Hour of Service.
 
11

ARTICLE TWO

Purpose

2.1           The Plan is established to provide for the participation of Employees in the growth of the Company by enabling them to acquire stock ownership interests in the Company, The Plan is intended as a stock bonus plan qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code and as an Employee Stock Ownership Plan under Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code and Section 407(d)(6) of ERISA.

2.2           The Trust hereunder is designed to invest primarily in Company Securities and is created for the exclusive benefit of Participants and their Beneficiaries and shall be interpreted and administered at all times in a manner consistent with the requirements of the Code and the Regulations thereunder relating to qualified stock bonus plans and trusts and employee stock ownership plans. Except as provided in Section 4.4 or Section 9.3(b), the principal or income of this Trust shall not be paid to or revert to the Company or be used for any purpose whatsoever other than the exclusive benefit of the Participants or their Beneficiaries.
 
12

ARTICLE THREE

Participants

3.1           Each Employee who is a Participant in the Standard Motor Products, Inc. Employees’ Profit Sharing Plan and Trust on December 31, 2010 shall continue to participate in this Plan on January 1, 2011.  Each Employee who is a Participant in this Plan as of December 31, 2014 shall continue to participate in this Plan on January 1, 2015.

For all other Employees, the following eligibility rules shall apply:

(a)            Effective March 30, 1998, all former Cooper Industries, Inc. employees who join the Company shall be eligible to participate in the Plan immediately.

(b)           Any Employee who completes 30 days of service with the Company shall become a Participant on the first day of the following calendar quarter.  Thirty days of service shall mean the 30 day period beginning with the Employee’s date of hire.

(c)            Effective July 1, 2003, all former employees of Dana Corporation who join the Company shall be eligible to participate in the Plan immediately.

3.2           If a former Employee who has incurred a termination of employment again becomes an Employee, then, unless his prior Years of Service are disregarded for eligibility purposes in accordance with Section 1.29, his prior service shall be recognized for eligibility purposes in accordance with Section 3.1 above had he not incurred a termination of employment.

3.3           Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Employee shall not be eligible to participate in the Plan if he is covered by a collective bargaining agreement between Employee representatives and an Employer if retirement benefits were the subject of good faith bargaining. Further, Employees who are nonresident aliens and who receive no earned income (within the meaning of Section 911(d)(2) of the Code) from the Employer which constitutes income from sources within the United States (within the meaning of Section 861(a)(3) of the Code) shall not be eligible to participate in the Plan.
 
13

ARTICLE FOUR

Company  Contributions

4.1           Each Employer, or the Company acting on behalf of such Employer, shall contribute to the Trust under the Plan for each Plan Year it is in effect such an amount or amounts as it shall determine to be advisable.

4.2           The Trustees shall not be under any duty to inquire into the correctness of the amount contributed and paid over to the Trustees nor shall they have any duty to enforce payment of any contributions to be made hereunder. Employer contributions may be made in whole or in part in cash or in the form of Company Securities.

4.3           If more than one Employer maintains the Plan, the Trustees shall account separately for each Employer’s contribution(s) for a Plan Year to the Accounts of those Participants actually employed by that Employer during the Plan Year. For purposes of Section 6.2, Compensation shall include compensation paid or accrued during the Plan Year by an Employer during that Plan Year.  For purposes of Section 6.2, Compensation shall only include compensation paid or accrued for the period that the Employee is a Participant in the Plan during the Plan Year.
 
14

4.4           The establishment of the Plan and Trust by the Company is contingent upon obtaining the approval of the Internal Revenue Service. In the event that the Internal Revenue Service fails to approve the Plan and Trust, the Trustees shall proceed to liquidate the Trust by paying all expenses and returning all remaining assets to the Employers to which they are attributable as promptly as practical, but in no event later than 1 year after the date of the resolution of any appeals before the Internal Revenue Service or the courts. The Trust shall thereupon terminate. In the event an Employer contribution is made under a mistake of fact, such contribution shall be returned to the Employer within 1 year after the payment of the contribution, and if a deduction under Section 404 of the Code for a contribution is disallowed, such contribution shall be returned to the Employer (to the extent disallowed) within 1 year after the disallowance of the deduction.  The Trustees may require an Employer to furnish whatever evidence the Trustees deem necessary to enable the Trustees to confirm that the amount an Employer has requested be returned is properly returnable under ERISA.

4.5           Employer contributions may be paid in cash in such amounts and at such times as may be needed to provide the Trustees with cash sufficient to pay any currently maturing exempt loan obligations, provided, however, that to the extent provided in Section 11.12, such loan obligations (principal and interest) may be paid from cash dividends on Company Securities held by the Plan.
 
15

ARTICLE FIVE

Employee Contributions

5.1           The Plan does not require or permit contributions by Employees or Participants.

5.2           (a)            Subject to such objective and reasonable terms and conditions as the Trustees may establish from time to time, an Employee may at any time make a rollover contribution to this Plan, which shall be held by the Trustees in a Rollover Account established on behalf of such Employee. Such Employee shall submit a written certification by the sponsor, administrator or other party maintaining the plan from which the rollover contribution is to be received, satisfactory to the Trustees, that the contributions qualifies as a rollover contribution. The Trustees shall be entitled to rely upon such certification.

(b)           A contribution shall qualify as a rollover contribution if it satisfies the requirements of a rollover amount with respect to this Plan as an Eligible Retirement Plan as defined in Section 402(a) of the Code.

(c)           A Participant’s Rollover Account shall be distributed at the same time, to the same party and in the same manner as the Participant’s Account pursuant to Article Eight.
 
16

ARTICLE SIX

Allocation of Contributions and Forfeitures

6.1           The Trustees shall establish and maintain an Account in the name of each Participant and shall determine the accrual of benefits on the basis of the Plan Year.

6.2           (a)            70% of the contributions for a Plan Year made by an Employer shall be allocated to the Accounts of those Participants (i) who are Employees or on maternity or paternity leave as of January 1 of the current year, or (ii) who retire on or after their Normal Retirement Date, die or incur a Disability during the Plan Year for which the contribution is made, in the ratio which the Compensation of each such Participant for the Plan Year for which the contribution is made bears to the total Compensation of all such Participants for such Plan Year.

(b)           30% of the contributions made by an Employer for a Plan Year shall be allocated to the Accounts of those Participants who (i) have completed at least 5 Years of Vesting Service by the last day of the Plan Year for which the contribution is made, and (II) who are Employees or on maternity or paternity leave as of January 1 of the current Plan Year, or who retire on or after their Normal Retirement Date, die or incur a Disability during the Plan Year for which the contribution is made, in the ratio of which the Compensation of each such Participant for the Plan Year for which the contribution is made bears to the total Compensation of such Participants for such Plan Year.
 
17

6.3           For purposes of this Article:

(a)            Annual Addition shall mean the sum of the following amounts allocated on behalf of a Participant for a Plan Year: (i) all Employer contributions allocated to such Accounts, (ii) all forfeitures (including income allocable thereto) and (iii) the amount of all nondeductible Participant contributions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Company contributions applied by the Trustees for any Plan Year to pay interest on an Exempt Loan and any shares of Company Securities acquired by the Plan with the proceeds of an Exempt Loan which are allocated as forfeitures pursuant to Section 6.2(b) for any Plan Year shall not be included as Annual Additions, provided that not more than 1/3 of the Company contributions applied to pay principal and interest on an Exempt Loan for such Plan Year are allocated to Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees. The Trustees may reallocate such Company contributions in order to satisfy this special limitation.

Annual Additions shall also include amounts allocated to an individual medical account (as defined in Section 415(l) of the Code) included as part of a defined benefit plan maintained by the Company. Furthermore, Annual Additions include contributions paid or accrued attributable to post-retirement medical benefits allocated to the separate account of a key employee (as defined in Code Section 419A(d)(3)) under a welfare benefit fund maintained by the Company.

(b)           Except to the extent permitted under Section 414(v) of the Code, the annual addition that may be contributed or allocated to a participant’s account under the Plan for any limitation year shall not exceed the lesser of: (i) $40,000, as adjusted by increases in the cost-of-living under Section 415(d) of the Code (the limit for the 2015 and 2016 Plan Years is $53,000), or (ii) 100 percent of the Participant’s compensation, within the meaning of Section 415(c)(3) of the Code, for the limitation year.  The compensation limit referred to in (ii) shall not apply to any contribution for medical benefits after separation from service (within the meaning of Section 401(h) and Section 419A(f)(2) of the Code) which is otherwise treated as an annual addition.
 
18

(c)           Company shall mean all members of a group which constitute a controlled group of corporations (as defined in Code Section 414(b) as modified by Code Section 415(h)), or which constitutes a trade or business (whether or not incorporated) which are under common control (as defined in Code Section 414(c) as modified by Code Section 415(h)), or which constitutes an affiliated service group as defined by Code Section 414(m).

(d)           The Trustees shall treat all defined contribution plans (whether or not terminated) maintained by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate as a single plan.

6.4           Final Section 415 Regulations.  (a) Effective date.  The provisions of this Section 6.4 (subject to Section 1.8) shall apply to limitation years beginning on and after January 1, 2008.

(b)           415 Compensation paid after severance from employment.  415 Compensation (defined as the compensation that shall be considered for Section 415 of the Code purposes only and not for any other purposes under the Plan, including for purposes of Article IV) shall be adjusted, as set forth herein, for the following types of compensation paid after a Participant's severance from employment with the Employer maintaining the Plan (or any other entity that is treated as the Employer pursuant to Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o)) of the Code. However, amounts described in subsections (i) and (ii) below may only be included in 415 Compensation to the extent such amounts are paid by the later of 2 1/2 months after severance from employment or by the end of the limitation year that includes the date of such severance from employment. Any other payment of compensation paid after severance of employment that is not described in the following types of compensation is not considered 415 Compensation within the meaning of Section 415(c)(3) of the Code, even if payment is made within the time period specified above.
 
19

(i)            Regular pay. 415 Compensation shall include regular pay after severance of employment if:

(1)        The payment is regular compensation for services during the participant's regular working hours, or compensation for services outside the participant's regular working hours (such as overtime or shift differential), commissions, bonuses, or other similar payments; and

(2)        The payment would have been paid to the participant prior to a severance from employment if the participant had continued in employment with the Employer.

(ii)            Leave cashouts and deferred compensation.  Leave cashouts shall be included in 415 Compensation if those amounts would have been included in the definition of 415 Compensation if they were paid prior to the participant's severance from employment, and the amounts are payment for unused accrued bona fide sick, vacation, or other leave, but only if the participant would have been able to use the leave if employment had continued. In addition, deferred compensation shall be included in 415 Compensation if the compensation would have been included in the definition of 415 Compensation if it had been paid prior to the participant's severance from employment and the compensation is received pursuant to a nonqualified unfunded deferred compensation plan, but only if the payment would have been paid at the same time if the participant had continued in employment with the Employer and only to the extent that the payment is includible in the participant's gross income.

(iii)          Salary continuation payments for military service participants.  415 Compensation does not include payments to an individual who does not currently perform services for the Employer by reason of qualified military service (as that term is used in Section 414(u)(1) of the Code) to the extent those payments do not exceed the amounts the individual would have received if the individual had continued to perform services for the Employer rather than entering qualified military service.
 
20

(c)           Administrative delay ("the first few weeks") rule.  415 Compensation for a limitation year shall not include amounts earned but not paid during the limitation year solely because of the timing of pay periods and pay dates.  415 Compensation for a limitation year may include amounts earned but not paid during the limitation year solely because of the timing of pay periods and pay dates, provided the amounts are paid during the first few weeks of the next limitation year, the amounts are included on a uniform and consistent basis with respect to all similarly situated participants, and no compensation is included in more than one limitation year.

(d)           Definition of annual additions.  The Plan's definition of "annual additions" is modified as follows:

(i)            Restorative payments. Annual additions for purposes of Section 415 of the Code shall not include restorative payments. A restorative payment is a payment made to restore losses to a Plan resulting from actions by a fiduciary for which there is reasonable risk of liability for breach of a fiduciary duty under ERISA or under other applicable federal or state law, where participants who are similarly situated are treated similarly with respect to the payments. Generally, payments are restorative payments only if the payments are made in order to restore some or all of the plan's losses due to an action (or a failure to act) that creates a reasonable risk of liability for such a breach of fiduciary duty (other than a breach of fiduciary duty arising from failure to remit contributions to the Plan). This includes payments to a plan made pursuant to a Department of Labor order, the Department of Labor's Voluntary Fiduciary Correction Program, or a court approved settlement, to restore losses to a qualified defined contribution plan on account of the breach of fiduciary duty (other than a breach of fiduciary duty arising from failure to remit contributions to the Plan). Payments made to the Plan to make up for losses due merely to market fluctuations and other payments that are not made on account of a reasonable risk of liability for breach of a fiduciary duty under ERISA are not restorative payments and generally constitute contributions that are considered annual additions.
 
21

(ii)           Other Amounts. Annual additions for purposes of Section 415 of the Code shall not include:  (1) The direct transfer of a benefit or employee contributions from a qualified plan to this Plan; or (2) Rollover contributions (as described in Sections 401(a)(31), 402(c)(1), 403(a)(4), 403(b)(8), 408(d)(3), and 457(e)(16) of the Code).

(e)           Change of limitation year.  The limitation year may only be changed by a Plan amendment. Furthermore, if the Plan is terminated effective as of a date other than the last day of the Plan's limitation year, then the Plan is treated as if the Plan had been amended to change its limitation year.

(f)            Excess Annual Additions.  Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, if the annual additions (within the meaning of Section 415 of the Code) are exceeded for any participant, then the Plan may correct such excess in accordance with relevant IRS guidance, including, but not limited to, the preamble of the final Section 415 regulations.

(g)           Aggregation and Disaggregation of Plans.
 
22

(i)             For purposes of applying the limitations of Section 415 of the Code, all defined contribution plans (without regard to whether a plan has been terminated) ever maintained by the Employer (or a "predecessor employer") under which the participant receives annual additions are treated as one defined contribution plan. The "Employer" means the Employer that adopts this Plan and all members of a controlled group or an affiliated service group that includes the Employer (within the meaning of Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code), except that for purposes of this Section, the determination shall be made by applying Section 415(h) of the Code, and shall take into account tax exempt organizations under regulation Section 1.414(c)-5, as modified by regulation Section 1.415(a)-1(f)(1). For purposes of this Section:

(1)        A former Employer is a "predecessor employer" with respect to a participant in a plan maintained by an Employer if the Employer maintains a plan under which the participant had accrued a benefit while performing services for the former Employer, but only if that benefit is provided under the plan maintained by the Employer. For this purpose, the formerly affiliated plan rules in regulation Section 1.415(f)-1(b)(2) apply as if the Employer and predecessor Employer constituted a single employer under the rules described in regulation Section 1.415(a)-1(f)(1) and (2) immediately prior to the cessation of affiliation (and as if they constituted two, unrelated employers under the rules described in regulation Section 1.415(a)-1(f)(1) and (2) immediately after the cessation of affiliation) and cessation of affiliation was the event that gives rise to the predecessor employer relationship, such as a transfer of benefits or plan sponsorship.

(2)        With respect to an Employer of a participant, a former entity that antedates the Employer is a "predecessor employer" with respect to the participant if, under the facts and circumstances, the employer constitutes a continuation of all or a portion of the trade or business of the former entity.
 
23

(ii)           Break up of an affiliate employer or an affiliated service group.  For purposes of aggregating plans for Section 415 of the Code, a "formerly affiliated plan" of an employer is taken into account for purposes of applying the Section 415 of the Code limitations to the employer, but the formerly affiliated plan is treated as if it had terminated immediately prior to the "cessation of affiliation."  For purposes of this paragraph, a "formerly affiliated plan" of an employer is a plan that, immediately prior to the cessation of affiliation, was actually maintained by one or more of the entities that constitute the employer (as determined under the employer affiliation rules described in regulation Section 1.415(a)-1(f)(1) and (2)), and immediately after the cessation of affiliation, is not actually maintained by any of the entities that constitute the employer (as determined under the employer affiliation rules described in regulation Section 1.415(a)-1(f)(1) and (2)). For purposes of this paragraph, a "cessation of affiliation" means the event that causes an entity to no longer be aggregated with one or more other entities as a single employer under the employer affiliation rules described in Regulation Section 1.415(a)-1(f)(1) and (2) (such as the sale of a subsidiary outside a controlled group), or that causes a plan to not actually be maintained by any of the entities that constitute the employer under the employer affiliation rules of regulation Section 1.415(a)-1(f)(1) and (2) (such as a transfer of plan sponsorship outside of a controlled group).
 
24

(iii)          Midyear Aggregation.  Two or more defined contribution plans that are not required to be aggregated pursuant to Section 415(f) of the Code and the regulations thereunder as of the first day of a limitation year do not fail to satisfy the requirements of Section 415 of the Code with respect to a participant for the limitation year merely because they are aggregated later in that limitation year, provided that no annual additions are credited to the participant's account after the date on which the plans are required to be aggregated.

6.5           Effective January 1, 2009, military differential wage payments, as described in Section 3401(h) of the Code, are considered compensation for purposes of Section 415(c)(3) of the Code, but are not considered compensation for any other purpose under the Plan.
 
25

ARTICLE SEVEN

Termination of Employment

7.1           All payments made by the Trustees pursuant to this Article shall be made in the manner provided in Article Eight.

7.2           A Participant’s Account shall be 100% non-forfeitable upon his attainment of his Normal Retirement Age (A) while employed by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate or (B) while on maternity or paternity leave. The Account of a Participant who remains in the employ of an Employer after attaining Normal Retirement Age shall continue to share in Employer contributions.

7.3           When a Participant terminates employment prior to attaining Normal Retirement Age because of death or Disability, the Trustees shall commence payment of the Participant’s non-forfeitable Account balance as determined under Section 7.6 to him (or to his Beneficiary if the Participant is deceased), in accordance with the provisions of Article Eight.

7.4           In no event shall the Trustees commence payment under Section 7.3 later than the time prescribed by Article Eight.

7.5           The non-vested portion of a Participant’s Account shall be forfeited at the time the Participant incurs 5 consecutive one-year Breaks in Service or, if earlier, at the time the Participant receives a lump-sum distribution of the non-forfeitable portion of his Account upon his termination of participation in the Plan. A distribution shall be deemed to be made upon termination of participation in this Plan if such distribution is made prior to the close of the second Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the termination occurs. For the purposes of this Section 7.5, if a Participant terminates employment without having any non-forfeitable interest in his Account, he shall be deemed to have received an immediate distribution of the non-forfeitable portion of such Account and thus the non-vested portion of the Account shall at that time he forfeited.
 
26

In making a forfeiture, to the extent possible, Company Securities held in an Account that have been acquired pursuant to an Exempt Loan shall be forfeited last.  If a Participant’s Account reflects an interest in more than one class of Company Securities, the Trustees shall treat a Participant who incurs a forfeiture as forfeiting the same proportion of each such class.

Forfeitures arising under this Section 7.5 shall first be applied to the restoration of previously forfeited amounts to the extent required by Section 7.6. All or any portion of the remaining forfeitures shall be allocated among the Accounts of Participants in the same manner as provided in Section 6.2(a).

7.6           In the event that a former Participant (i) was not 100% vested in his Account, (ii) received a lump-sum distribution upon his termination of employment prior to the time he incurred 5 consecutive one-year Breaks in Service, (iii) who forfeited a portion of his Account upon such distribution, and (iv) is re-employed by the Company or an ERISA Affiliate prior to the time he incurs 5 consecutive one-year Breaks in Service, such Participant may elect on a form prescribed by the Trustees to repay to the Plan in cash, at any time prior to the earlier of (A) 5 years from his date of re-employment or (B) his incurring 5 consecutive one-year Breaks in Service, and the full amount distributed to him upon his prior termination of employment will be restored and credited to his Account as of such Accounting Date. Any forfeited amount shall be derived, to the extent necessary, from:

(a)            The amount, if any, of Participant forfeitures that would otherwise be allocated under Section 7.6;
 
27

(b)           The amount, if any, of the Trust Fund net income or gain for the Plan Year, and

(c)           The amount, if any, of Employer contributions under Section 4.1 for the Plan Year, as the Trustees, in their discretion, direct. To the extent possible, such restoration of forfeitures shall be made in the form of Company Securities.

7.7           (a)           A Participant’s Account balance shall be 100% non-forfeitable upon his death or Disability (A) while employed by the Company or an ERISA Affiliate or (B) while on maternity or paternity leave.  Effective January 1, 2007, a Participant's Account balance shall be 100% non-forfeitable upon his death while performing qualifying military service as provided in Section 414(u) of the Code.

(b)           A Participant shall receive for each Year of Vesting Service a non-forfeitable right to such Account balance according to the following schedule:
 
Years of Vesting Service
% of Non-forfeitable Account
Less than 2
0%
2
20%
3
40%
4
60%
5
80%
6
100%

(c)            Effective March 30, 1998 all former employees of Cooper Industries, Inc. shall have their prior service with their former organization count in determining their Years of Vesting Service.
 
28

(d)           Effective July 1, 2003, all former employees of Dana Corporation who join the Company shall have their prior service with their former organization count in determining their Years of Vesting Service.

(e)           With respect to cash dividends paid on Company Securities held under the Plan, a Participant shall vest in such dividends at the same time vesting occurs with respect to the underlying Company Securities on which the dividends are paid.

7.8          The following rules shall apply to the determination of Years of Vesting Service:

(a)           Years of Vesting Service before any Break in Service shall be disregarded if a Participant terminates employment without any non-forfeitable interest in his Account and the number of consecutive one-year Breaks in Service equals or exceeds the greater of:

(i)            the aggregate number of Years of Vesting Service prior to such consecutive Breaks in Service; or

(ii)           5.

(b)           Years of Vesting Service after any 5 consecutive one-year Breaks in Service shall not increase the non-forfeitable percentage of the Participant’s Account which accrued before such Break in Service.

7.9           Effective January 1, 2007, notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in the case of a Participant who dies while performing qualifying military service as provided in Section 414(u) of the Code, the survivors of the Participant are entitled to any additional benefits that would have been provided under the Plan (other than benefit accruals) had the Participant resumed employment and terminated employment on account of death pursuant to Section 401(a)(37) of the Code.
 
29

ARTICLE EIGHT

Manner of Payment

8.1           Except as otherwise provided herein, the Trustees shall direct that the distribution of the benefits payable to a Participant upon his retirement after attaining his Normal Retirement Date, or to his Beneficiary upon his death, commence as soon as practicable after such event, but in all cases prior to the close of the Plan Year following the Plan Year in which such retirement or death occurs. The balance in such Participant’s Account shall be for this purpose determined as of the Accounting Date coincident with or immediately preceding such distribution.

8.2           When a Participant incurs a termination of employment or a Disability, his benefits shall be distributed as soon as is practicable based upon the Accounting Date coincident with or immediately prior to such distribution; provided, however, that if the value of such benefit exceeds $5,000 then distribution of such benefit shall not commence until the earlier of (A) the later of his Normal Retirement Date or 62 nd birthday, or (B) his death, unless the Participant, at the time he incurs a termination of employment or Disability, consents to such earlier distribution of aforesaid.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, effective March 28, 2005 and prior to January 1, 2008, distributions greater than $1,000 made in accordance with the provisions of this Section 8.2 will not  commence until the earlier of (A) the later of his Normal Retirement Date or 62 nd birthday, or (B) his death, unless the Participant, at the time he incurs a termination of employment or Disability, consents to such earlier distribution.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, effective January 1, 2008, in the event a Participant incurs a termination of employment or Disability, and his benefit exceeds $1,000 but does not exceed $5,000, and the Participant does not elect to have such distribution paid to an eligible retirement plan specified by the Participant in a direct rollover or to receive the distribution directly in a lump sum payment, then the Plan Administrator shall pay the distribution in a direct rollover to an individual retirement plan designated by the Plan Administrator.
 
30

8.3           Benefits shall be distributed in accordance with the following methods:

(a)           All benefits payable on account of a Participant retiring after reaching his Normal Retirement Date or on account of his termination of employment or Disability shall be paid in the form of a single lump sum.

(b)           All benefits payable on account of a Participant’s death shall be distributed to his Beneficiary or Beneficiaries in a lump sum as soon as practicable after the Accounting Date coincident with or immediately following the date of such death.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event a Participant dies before the distribution of his Account has begun, a Beneficiary may request in writing that the distribution be made in a lump sum at some later date within 5 years after the Participant’s death.

8.4           All benefits payable under the Plan shall be paid or provided for solely by the Trust Fund. Neither the Company or any other Employer assumes any liability or responsibility therefor. Notwithstanding any provision hereof, and unless the Participant otherwise elects, in no event shall the payment of benefits commence later than 60 days after the close of the Plan Year in which occurs the latest of:

(i)             the Participant reaching his Normal Retirement Date;

(ii)            the 10th anniversary of the year in which the Participant commenced participation in the Plan; or,

(iii)           the Participant’s termination of employment.

8.5           A Participant, other than a 5% owner, shall have his benefits commence no later than April 1 of the calendar year following the later of (i) the calendar year in which he attains age 70-1/2, or (ii) the earlier of (A) the calendar year with or within which ends the Plan Year in which he becomes a “5% owner” or (B) the calendar year in which he retires.
 
31

8.6           Minimum Distribution Requirements .

(a)            General Rules

(i)             Effective Date .  The provisions of this Section 8.6 will apply for purposes of determining required minimum distributions.   The requirements of this Section 8.6 will take precedence over any inconsistent provisions of the Plan.

(ii)            Requirements of Treasury Regulations Incorporated .  All distributions required under this article will be determined and made in accordance with the Treasury regulations under Section 401(a)(9) of the Internal Revenue Code.

(iii)          TEFRA Section 242(b)(2) Elections .  Notwithstanding the other provisions of this article , distributions may be made under a designation made before January 1, 1984, in accordance with section 242(b)(2) of the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act (“TEFRA”) and the provisions of the plan that relate to section 242(b)(2) of TEFRA.

(b)           Time and Manner of Distribution .

(i)            Required Beginning Date .  The Participant’s entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, to the Participant no later than the Participant’s required beginning date.

(ii)           Death of Participant Before Distributions Begin .  If the Participant dies before distributions begin, the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, no later than as follows:
 
32

(1)           If the Participant's surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole designated Beneficiary, then distributions to the surviving spouse will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died, or by December 31 of the calendar year in which the Participant would have attained age 70½, if later, or as a lump sum within 5 years of the year of the Participant’s death if so elected by the surviving spouse.

(2)            If the Participant’s surviving spouse is not the Participant’s sole designated Beneficiary, then distributions to the designated Beneficiary will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died or as a lump sum within 5 years of the year of the Participant’s death if so elected by the Beneficiary.

(3)           If there is no designated Beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of the Participant’s death, the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant's death.

(4)           If the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole designated Beneficiary and the surviving spouse dies after the Participant but before distributions to the surviving spouse begin, this subsection (b)(ii), other than subsection (b)(ii)(1), will apply as if the surviving spouse were the participant.

For purposes of this subsection (b)(ii) and subsection (d), unless subsection (b)(ii)(4) applies, distributions are considered to begin on the Participant’s required beginning date. If section (b)(ii)(4) applies, distributions are considered to begin on the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under subsection (b)(ii)(1).
 
33

(iii)          Forms of Distribution .  Unless the Participant’s interest is distributed in a single sum on or before the required beginning date, as of the first distribution calendar year distributions will be made in accordance with subsections (c) and (d) of this article.

(c)           Required Minimum Distributions During Participant’s Lifetime.

(i)            Amount of Required Minimum Distribution For Each Distribution Calendar Year . During the Participant’s lifetime, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year is the lesser of:

(1)           the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant's account balance by the distribution period in the Uniform Lifetime Table set forth in section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury regulations, using the Participant’s age as of the Participant’s birthday in the distribution calendar year; or

(2)           if the Participant’s sole designated Beneficiary for the distribution calendar year is the Participant’s spouse, the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s account balance by the number in the Joint and Last Survivor Table set forth in section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury regulations, using the Participant’s and spouse’s attained ages as of the Participant’s and spouse’s birthdays in the distribution calendar year.

(ii)            Lifetime Required Minimum Distributions Continue Through Year of Participant’s Death .  Required minimum distributions will be determined under this subsection (c) beginning with the first distribution calendar year and up to and including the distribution calendar year that includes the Participant’s date of death.

(d)           Required Minimum Distributions After Participant’s Death .
 
34

(i)            Death On or After Date Distributions Begin .

(1)           Participant Survived by Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is a designated Beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant's account balance by the longer of the remaining life expectancy of the Participant or the remaining life expectancy of the Participant’s designated Beneficiary, determined as follows:

(A)          The Participant’s remaining life expectancy is calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.

(B)          If the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole designated Beneficiary, the remaining life expectancy of the surviving spouse is calculated for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death using the surviving spouse’s age as of the spouse’s birthday in that year. For distribution calendar years after the year of the surviving spouse’s death, the remaining life expectancy of the surviving spouse is calculated using the age of the surviving spouse as of the spouse’s birthday in the calendar year of the spouse’s death, reduced by one for each subsequent calendar year.

(C)          If the Participant’s surviving spouse is not the Participant’s sole designated Beneficiary, the designated Beneficiary’s remaining life expectancy is calculated using the age of the Beneficiary in the year following the year of the Participant’s death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.
 
35

(2)           No Designated Beneficiary .  If the Participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is no designated Beneficiary as of September 30 of the year after the year of the Participant’s death, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant's account balance by the Participant’s remaining life expectancy calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.

(ii)           Death Before Date Distributions Begin .

(1)           Participant Survived by Designated Beneficiary. Unless the Beneficiary has elected otherwise, if the Participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is a designated Beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant's account balance by the remaining life expectancy of the Participant’s designated Beneficiary, determined as provided in subsection (d)(1).

(2)           No Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is no designated Beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of the Participant’s death, distribution of the Participant's entire interest will be completed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant's death.

(3)           Death of Surviving Spouse Before Distributions to Surviving Spouse Are Required to Begin. If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin, the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole designated Beneficiary, and the surviving spouse dies before distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under subsection (b)(ii)(1), this subsection (d)(ii) will apply as if the surviving spouse were the participant.
 
36

(e)           Definitions .

(i)            Designated Beneficiary .  The individual who is designated as the Beneficiary under section 1.3 of the Plan and is the designated Beneficiary under section 401(a)(9) of the Internal Revenue Code and section 1.401(a)(9)-1, Q&A-4, of the Treasury regulations.

(ii)           Distribution calendar year . A calendar year for which a minimum distribution is required. For distributions beginning before the Participant’s death, the first distribution calendar year is the calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year which contains the Participant's required beginning date. For distributions beginning after the Participant’s death, the first distribution calendar year is the calendar year in which distributions are required to begin under subsection (b). The required minimum distribution for the Participant's first distribution calendar year will be made on or before the Participant's required beginning date. The required minimum distribution for other distribution calendar years, including the required minimum distribution for the distribution calendar year in which the Participant's required beginning date occurs, will be made on or before December 31 of that distribution calendar year.

(iii)           Life expectancy .  Life expectancy as computed by use of the Single Life Table in section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury regulations.
 
37

(iv)          Participant’s account balance .  The account balance as of the last valuation date in the calendar year immediately preceding the distribution calendar year (valuation calendar year) increased by the amount of any contributions made and allocated or forfeitures allocated to the account balance as of dates in the valuation calendar year after the valuation date and decreased by distributions made in the valuation calendar year after the valuation date. The account balance for the valuation calendar year includes any amounts rolled over or transferred to the plan either in the valuation calendar year or in the distribution calendar year if distributed or transferred in the valuation calendar year.

(v)            Required beginning date .  The Required Beginning Date of a Participant who is not a 5% owner is the April 1st of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the occurs the later of retirement or attainment of age 70½.  The Required Beginning Date of a Participant who is a 5% owner, is the April 1st immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant reaches age 70½.

(f)            2009 Required Minimum Distributions

(i)             To the extent the Plan was required to make required minimum distributions for 2009, such distributions, if any, were made without regard to the temporary required minimum distribution suspension and rollover rules provided under the Worker, Retiree, and Employer Recovery Act of 2009.

8.7           Each Participant may designate one or more Beneficiaries and contingent Beneficiaries by delivering a written designation thereof to the Trustees. Upon the death of a Participant, his Beneficiaries shall be entitled to payment of benefits in an amount and in the manner provided in the Plan. A Participant may change his Beneficiary designation at any time by delivering a new written designation to the Trustees. The most recent designation received by the Trustees shall supersede all prior designations. A designation of Beneficiary shall be effective only if the designated Beneficiary survives the Participant.
 
38

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant has an Eligible Spouse on the date of his death, such Eligible Spouse shall be his sole primary Beneficiary, unless the spouse delivers a written consent to the Trustees waiving her right to be the sole primary Beneficiary. Such consent shall be irrevocable and in favor of a specific alternate beneficiary who may not be changed without the further consent of such spouse; provided, however, that an Eligible Spouse may execute an irrevocable general consent which shall expressly permit the Participant to select any alternate Beneficiary at any time without the need for any additional consent by such spouse. An Eligible Spouse’s consent shall contain an acknowledgment by the Eligible Spouse of the effect thereof, and shall be witnessed by a representative of the Plan or by a notary public. Such consent of an Eligible Spouse shall not be required if it is established to the satisfaction of the Trustees that the required consent cannot be obtained because there is no Eligible Spouse, or an Eligible Spouse cannot be located, or in other circumstances that may be prescribed by Treasury regulations.

8.8           If a Participant fails to designate a Beneficiary, in accordance with Section 8.7, or if no designated Beneficiary survives the Participant, the Participant’s spouse, if he is married at the date of his death, shall be deemed to be his designated Beneficiary. If, under such circumstances, the Participant is not married at the date of his death, his designated Beneficiary shall be deemed to be his estate.

8.9           Whenever the rights of a Participant are stated or limited in the Plan, his Beneficiary or Beneficiaries shall be bound thereby.
 
39

8.10         The Plan does not require the Trustees to search for, or ascertain the whereabouts of, any Participant or Beneficiary. The Employer, by certified or registered mail addressed to his last known address of record with the Trustees, shall notify any Participant or Beneficiary that he is entitled to a distribution under the Plan. If the Participant or Beneficiary fails to claim his Accounts or make his whereabouts known in writing to the Trustees within 12 months of the date of mailing of the notice, or before the termination or discontinuance of the Plan, whichever should first occur, the Trustees shall treat the Participant’s or Beneficiary’s unclaimed Accounts as forfeited and shall reduce Employer contributions, made pursuant to Section 4.1, by the amount forfeited for the Plan Year in which such forfeiture occurs. If a Participant or Beneficiary who has incurred a forfeiture of his Accounts under the provisions of this Section 8.10 makes a claim, at any time, for its forfeited Accounts, the Trustees shall direct the Employer to restore the Participant’s or Beneficiary’s forfeited Accounts to the same dollar amount of the Accounts so forfeited, unadjusted for gains and losses occurring subsequent to the date of forfeiture. The Employer shall make the restoration within 60 days after the close of the Plan Year in which the Participant or Beneficiary makes such claim.  In lieu of the foregoing, the Employer or Trustee shall also be permitted to handle a missing Participant’s or Beneficiary’s account in any other manner permitted under relevant law.

8.11         Notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary that would otherwise limit a distributee’s election under this Section, a distributee may elect, at any time and in the manner prescribed by the plan administrator, to have any portion of an eligible rollover distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee in a direct rollover.

(a)           Definitions
 
40

(i)             Eligible rollover distribution:  An eligible rollover distribution is any distribution of all or any portion of the balance to the credit of the distributee, except that an eligible rollover distribution does not include: any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal period payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the distributee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the distributee and the distributee’s designated beneficiary, or for a specified period of 10 years or more; any distribution to the extent such distribution is required under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code; and the portion of any distribution that is not includible in gross income (determined without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with respect to employer securities); and dividends paid on Company Securities as described in Code Section 404(k).

(ii)           Eligible retirement plan: An eligible retirement plan is an individual retirement account described in Section 408(a) of the Code, an individual retirement annuity described in Section 408(b) of the Code, an annuity described in Section 403(a) of the Code, a qualified trust described in Section 401(a) of the Code, or an annuity contract described in Section 403(b) of the Code and an eligible retirement plan under Section 457(b) which is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state and which separately account for amounts transferred into such plan from this Plan that accepts the distributee’s eligible rollover distribution. The definition of eligible retirement plan shall also apply in case of a distribution to a surviving spouse, or to a spouse or former spouse who is an alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code.  Participants may rollover an eligible rollover distribution, as defined in Section 402(c)(4) of the Code, to a Roth IRA, as defined in Section 408A of the Code, through a direct rollover so long as there is included in the Participant’s gross income any amount that would be includable if the distribution were not rolled over.
 
41

(iii)          Distributee: A distributee includes an employee or former employee. In addition, the employee’s or former employee’s surviving spouse or former spouse who is an alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code, are distributes with regard to the interest of the spouse or former spouse.

(iv)          Direct rollover: A direct rollover is a payment by the Plan to the eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee.

8.12         Non-Spouse Beneficiary Direct Rollovers .  Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary that would otherwise limit the ability of a non-spouse Beneficiary to rollover a distribution to an IRS, a non-spouse Beneficiary who is a designated Beneficiary within the meaning of Section 401(a)(9)(E) of the Code may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Plan Administrator, to have any portion of an eligible rollover distribution paid via trustee-to-trustee transfer directly to an individual retirement plan within the meaning of Section 408(a) or (b) of the Code that is established to receive the distribution as specified by the non-spouse Beneficiary, in a direct rollover pursuant to the provisions of Section 402(c)(11) of the Code and as provided under IRS Notice 2007-7 and subsequent guidance.
 
42

ARTICLE NINE

Administration
 
9.1           The Company will furnish the Trustee with such information as the Trustee will deem necessary to carry out the Plan, but assumes no obligation to any Employee, Participant or Beneficiary for any act, of the Trustee, or the Plan Administrator.

9.2           The Company will indemnify and save each Trustee and the Plan Administrator harmless from and against any and all loss resulting from liability to which he may be subjected by any act or conduct (except for willful misconduct or gross negligence) in his official capacity in the administration of the Trust or Plan, except, however, from any liability he may have under the Act for breach of fiduciary duty.

9.3           (a)           Subject to paragraph (b) below relating to qualified domestic relations orders, neither a Participant nor a Beneficiary shall anticipate, assign or alienate any benefit under the Plan, and the Trustees shall not recognize any such anticipation, assignment or alienation. Furthermore, a benefit under the Plan is not subject to attachment, garnishment, levy, execution or other legal or equitable process.

(b)           Nothing contained in this Plan shall prevent the Trustees from complying with the provisions of a qualified domestic relations order (as defined in Code Section 414(p)).

The Plan Administrator shall establish reasonable procedures to determine the qualified status of a domestic relations order upon receiving a domestic relations order. The Plan Administrator promptly shall notify the Participant and any alternate payee named in the order, in writing, of the receipt of the order and the Plan’s procedures for determining the qualified status of the order. Within a reasonable period of time after receiving the domestic relations order, the Plan Administrator shall determine the qualified status of the order and shall notify the Participant and each alternate payee, in writing of the determination. The Plan Administrator shall provide notice under this paragraph by mailing to the individual’s address specified in the domestic relations order, or in a manner consistent with Department of Labor regulations. The Plan Administrator may treat as qualified any domestic relations order entered prior to January 1, 1985, irrespective of whether it satisfied all the requirements described in Code Section 414(p).
 
43

If any portion of the Participant’s non-forfeitable Account balance is payable during the period the Plan Administrator is making its determination of the qualified status of the domestic relations order, the Trustees shall segregate the amounts payable in a separate account and invest the segregated account solely in fixed income investments. If the Plan Administrator determines the order is a qualified domestic relations order within 18 months of receiving the order, the Trustees shall distribute the segregated account in accordance with the order. If the Plan Administrator does not make a determination of the qualified status of the order within 18 months of receiving the order, the Trustees shall distribute the segregated account in the manner the Plan would distribute if the order did not exist and shall apply the order prospectively if the Plan Administrator later determines the order is a qualified domestic relations order.

To the extent it is not inconsistent with the provisions of the qualified domestic relations order, the Trustees may invest any partitioned amount in a segregated sub-account or separate account and invest the account in federally insured, interest bearing savings account(s) or time deposit(s) (or a combination of both), or in other fixed income investments. A segregated sub-account shall remain a part of the Trust, but it alone shall share in any income it earns, and it alone shall bear any expense or loss it incurs.

The Trustees shall make any payments or distributions required under this Section 9.3(b) by separate checks or other separate distribution to the alternate payee(s).
 
44

9.4           Any Participant in the Plan or any Beneficiary may examine copies of the Plan description, latest annual report, this Plan and Trust or any other instrument under which the Plan was established or is operated. The Plan Administrator will maintain such copies on the premises of the Company for examination during reasonable business hours and will furnish copies at a reasonable charge upon request of a Participant or Beneficiary.

9.5           The Trustees shall establish a funding policy and method consistent with the objectives of the Plan and the requirements of Title I of ERISA. The Trustees shall meet at least annually to review such funding policy and method. All action of the Trustees, and the reasons therefore, taken pursuant to this Section 9.5 shall be recorded in the minutes of the meeting of the Trustees.

9.6           The Trustees, or an Investment Manager appointed by the Trustees, shall have the sole and complete discretion of the Trust Fund. The Trustees may reserve from investment such amounts of cash as they, from time to time, deem necessary or advisable in the administration of the Trust.

9.7           Each “Qualified Participant” (as defined below) may elect within 90 days after the close of the Plan Year in the “Qualified Election Period” as defined below (a “Diversification Year”), to direct the Trustees to distribute the portion of the Participant’s Account covered by the foregoing election which election may be made of up to 25% of such Participant’s Account in the Plan at any time (to the extent such portion exceeds the amount to which a prior election under this Section 9.7 applies).  In the case of a Qualified Election Period in which or after the Qualified Participant has attained the age of 60, the permitted election shall apply to “50%” instead of “25%”.  The applicable percentage for each Diversification Year is referred to herein as the Maximum Diversification Amount.
 
45

For purposes of this Section, the term “qualified Participant” means any Participant who has attained age 55 and who has a 100% non-forfeitable right to their Account balance in accordance with Section 7.7.

For purposes of this Section, the term “Qualified Election Period” shall mean the period commencing once the Participant becomes a “Qualified Participant” and ending as of the earlier of (i) the Qualified Participant’s no longer maintaining an Account balance under the Plan, or (ii) the Qualified Participant’s having reached the Maximum Diversification Amount as defined in this Section 9.7.
 
46

ARTICLE TEN

Claim Procedures

10.1         The Trustees shall establish a procedure for the resolution of disputes and dispositions of claims arising under the Plan. Until modified by the Trustees, this procedure is as follows:

Any of the Employees, former Employees, or any Beneficiaries of such Employees or former Employees may, if they so desire, file with the Trustees a written claim for benefits under the Plan. Within 90 days after the filing of such a claim, the Trustees shall notify the claimant whether his claim is upheld or denied. The Trustees may, under special circumstances, extend the period of time for processing a claim by an additional 90 days. If such an extension of time is required written notice shall be furnished to the claimant or his duly authorized representative prior to the termination of the initial 90 day period. Such notice will indicate the special circumstance requiring an extension. in the event the claim is denied, the Trustees shall state in writing:

(a)           the specific reason for the denial;

(b)           specific references to pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial is based;

(c)           a description of any additional material or information necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary; and

(d)           an explanation of the claim review procedure set forth in this Section 10.1.
 
47

Within 60 days after receipt of notice that his claim has been denied, the claimant or his duly authorized representative may file with the Trustees a written request for a review hearing and may, in conjunction therewith, submit written issues and comments. The Trustees shall then schedule, within 60 days after the filing of such request, a full and fair hearing of the claim before the Trustees. The Trustees may, under special circumstances, extend such period of time by an additional 60 days. Prior to said hearing, the claimant or his representative shall have a reasonable opportunity to review a copy of the Plan, the Trust agreement, and other pertinent documents in the possession of the Trustees. The Trustees shall communicate their decision in writing to the claimant within 30 days after the hearing. The decision will include the specific reasons for the decision, specify the pertinent Plan provisions on which the decision is based, a statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the claimant’s claim for benefits, and a statement describing any voluntary appeal procedures offered by the Plan and the claimant’s right to obtain the information about such procedures and a statement of the claimant’s right to bring an action under Section 502(a) of ERISA.  Any claim for benefits and any request for a review hearing must be filed on forms to be furnished by the Trustees upon a Participant’s request.

(e)            To the extent a Disability benefit related claim is made under the Plan, the claim will be handled in accordance with the applicable regulations promulgated by the Department of Labor in 29 C.F.R. 2560.503-1.
 
48

ARTICLE ELEVEN

Trustees’ Powers and Duties
 
11.1         The Trustees accept the Trust created hereunder and agree to perform the obligations imposed. The Trustees shall provide a bond for the faithful performance of their duties under the Trust to the extent required by law.

11.2         The Trustees shall have full discretion and authority regarding the investment of the Trust Fund. The Trustees shall have, but not by way of limitation, the following powers, rights, and duties:

(a)           to invest the Trust Fund primarily in Company Securities (“primarily” meaning the power and authority to acquire, from Company shareholders or the Company or any ERISA Affiliate at prices not in excess of fair market value, not more than 100% of the Trust Fund in Company Securities) and to invest the balance, if any, of the Trust Fund in any common or preferred stocks, bonds, share of investment companies, common trust funds, insurance contracts, mortgages, notes or other property of any kind, real or personal, as a prudent man would do under like circumstances with due regard for the purposes of the Plan;

(b)           to retain in cash so much of the Trust Fund as they may deem advisable without liability for obtaining the highest rate of interest available;
 
(c)            to manage, sell, exchange, transfer, and lease for any term, and otherwise deal with all Trust property, real or personal, in such manner, for such consideration, and on such terms and conditions as they deem best;

(d)           to borrow money by mortgage, pledge or otherwise;

(e)           to compromise, contest, arbitrate or abandon claims and demands in their discretion;
 
49

(f)            to have with respect to the Trust all of the rights of an individual owner, including the power to give proxies, participate in voting trusts, mergers, consolidations or liquidations and to exercise or sell stock subscriptions or conversion rights;

(g)           to hold any securities or other property in the name of the Trustees or a nominee, or in another form as they deem best, without disclosing the trust relationship;

(h)           to furnish the Company an annual statement of account showing the condition of the Trust Fund and all investments, receipts, disbursements and other transactions affected by the Trustees during the Plan Year covered by the statement, and the assets of the Trust held at the end of the Plan Year, which statement of account shall be conclusive on all persons unless objected to within 90 days after receipt; and

(i)            to borrow money, to assume indebtedness, including installment obligations, extend mortgages and encumber by mortgage or pledge; provided however, if any loan transaction is with a Disqualified Person or a Disqualified Person guarantees a loan to the Plan or Trust, the following terms and conditions shall apply to such Exempt Loan.

(1)        The Trustees shall use the proceeds of the Exempt Loan within a reasonable time after receipt only for any or all of the following purposes: (i) to acquire Company Securities, (ii) to repay such Exempt Loan, or (iii) to repay a prior Exempt Loan. Except as may be expressly provided under this Plan, no Company Security acquired with the proceeds of an Exempt Loan may be subject to a put, call or other option, or buy/sell or similar arrangement while held by and when distributed form this Plan, whether or not this Plan is then a leveraged employee stock ownership plan.

(2)        The interest rate on the Exempt Loan shall not be more than a reasonable rate of interest.
 
50

(3)        Any collateral the Trustees pledge to the creditor shall consist only of the Company Securities purchased with the borrowed funds and Company Securities the Trust used as collateral on the prior Exempt Loan repaid with the proceeds of the current Exempt Loan.

(4)        The creditor shall have no recourse against the Trust under the Exempt Loan except with respect to such collateral given for the Exempt Loan, contributions (other than contributions of Company Securities) that the Company makes to the Trust to meet its obligations under the Exempt Loan, and earnings attributable to such collateral and the investment of such contributions. The payment made with respect to an Exempt Loan by the Plan during a Plan Year must not exceed an amount equal to the sum of such contributions and earnings received during or prior to the year less such payments in prior years. The Trustees must account separately for such contributions and earnings in the books of account of the Plan until the Trust repays the Loan.

(5)        In the event of default upon the Exempt Loan, the value of Plan assets transferred in satisfaction of the Exempt Loan must not exceed the amount of the default, and if the lender is a Disqualified Person, the Exempt Loan must provide for transfer of Plan assets upon default only upon and to the extent of the failure of the Plan to meet the payment schedule of the Exempt Loan.
 
51

(6)        The Trustees must deposit and maintain all assets acquired with the proceeds of an Exempt Loan in a Suspense Account. In withdrawing assets from the Suspense Account, the Trustees shall apply the provisions of Treasury Regulation 54.4975-7(b)(8) as if all securities in the Suspense Account were encumbered. Upon the payment of any portion of the Exempt Loan, the Trustees shall effect the release of assets in the Suspense Account from encumbrances, and the pledge agreement must so provide. For each Plan Year during the duration of the Exempt Loan, the number of Company Securities released must equal the number of encumbered Company Securities held immediately before the release for the current Plan Year multiplied by a fraction. The numerator of the fraction is the amount of principal paid for the Plan Year. The denominator of the fraction is the sum of the numerator plus the principal to be paid for all future years. The number of future Plan Years under the Exempt Loan must be definitely ascertainable and must be determined without taking into account any possible extension or renewal periods, and may not exceed 10 years. Further, any such Exempt Loan must provide for annual payments of principal and interest at a cumulative rate that cannot be less rapid at any time than any level annual payments of such amounts for 10 years. In determining principal, interest shall be disregarded only to the extent that it would be determined to the interest under the amortization tables. If the collateral includes more than one class of Company Securities, the number of Company Securities of each class will be released from the Suspense Accounts to the Accounts of Participants in accordance with Section 6.2 for the Plan Year with respect to which the Trustees have paid the corresponding portion of the Exempt Loan.

(7)        The Exempt Loan must be for a specific term and may not be payable at the demand of any person except in the case of default.

(8)        Notwithstanding the fact this Plan ceases to be an employee stock ownership plan, Company Securities acquired with the proceeds of an Exempt Loan shall continue after the Trustees repay the Exempt Loan to be subject to the provisions of Treasury Regulation Section 54.4975-7(b)(4), (10), (11) and (12) as provided under Article Fifteen.

11.3         The Trustees (except full-time Employees of an Employer or ERISA Affiliate) shall receive such reasonable annual compensation as may agree to from time to time between the Company and the Trustees, and shall pay all expenses reasonably incurred from the Trust Fund unless the Company pays such expenses.
 
52

11.4         The Trustees may employ agents, attorneys, accountants and other persons and pay their reasonable compensation from the Trust Fund. No person dealing with the Trustees shall be obligated to see to the proper application of any money paid or property delivered to them. The certificate of the Trustees that they are acting in accordance with the Plan shall be conclusive in favor of any person relying thereon.

11.5         Any Trustee may resign at any time by giving 30 days advance written notice to the Company and Trustees. The Company, by giving 30 days advance written notice to the Trustees, may remove any Trustee. In the event of resignation or removal of a Trustee, the Company may appoint a successor Trustee who shall succeed to the title of Trustee by accepting his appointment in writing and shall have and enjoy all of the powers conferred under this Agreement upon his predecessor Trustee.

11.6         The Trustees shall value the Trust Fund as of each Accounting Date to determine the Fair Market Value of each Participant’s Account, and shall credit (or debit) each Account with its proportionate share of gains, earnings, income, losses or expenses of the Trust Fund.

11.7         If there shall be more than one Trustee, they shall act by a majority of their number at a meeting, but may authorize one or more of them to sign papers on their behalf. The Trustees may also act by unanimous consent in lieu of a meeting.

11.8         Except as otherwise provided by ERISA, only the Company, the Plan Administrator, and the Trustees shall be necessary parties to any court proceeding involving the Trustees or the Trust Fund. No Participant or Beneficiary shall be entitled to any notice of process unless required by the Act. Any final judgment entered in any proceeding shall be conclusive upon the Company, the Plan Administrator, the Trustees, Participants, and Beneficiaries.
 
53

11.9         Every Participant shall have the right to direct the Trustees as to the exercise of any voting shares for the share of Company Securities then allocated to his Account with respect to any matter which involves the voting of such shares with respect to the approval or disapproval of any corporate merger or consolidation, recapitalization, reclassification, liquidation, dissolution, sale of substantially all assets of a trade or business, or such similar transaction as the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe by regulation. On other matters the Trustees shall solicit and follow voting instructions from a Participant with respect to shares of Company Securities entitled to vote that are then allocated to his Account if the Company has a registration type class of Securities (as defined in Section 409(e)(4) of the Code).

11.10       On a matter involving the voting of shares of Company Securities, the Trustees shall vote the shares of Company Securities then held in the Trust Fund (A) but not released from a Suspense Account or (B) otherwise not yet allocated to the Account of any Participant or (C) allocated to the Account of a Participant who has not provided the Trustees with the relevant voting instructions as described in Section 11.9, in proportion to the voting instructions of Participants as received by the Trustees.  If no voting instructions are received or are required from Participants with respect to a voting matter, the Trustees shall vote the shares of Company Securities held in the Trust Fund (including the shares of Company Securities held in a Suspense Account and shares that have been allocated to the Accounts of the Participants) in a manner that they choose.
 
54

11.11       The Trustees and their assistants and representatives shall distribute benefits under the Plan in whole shares of Company Securities valued at Fair Market Value at the time of distribution, cash, or a combination of both, as they were determined, provided, however, a Participant shall have the right to demand distribution entirely in whole shares of Company Securities (with the value of any fractional share paid in cash, or with the balance in the Account applied to provide whole shares of Company Securities to Employees and the Trust, the distribution may be made entirely in cash without granting the Participant the right to demand distribution in shares of Company Securities).

11.12       Subject to the last paragraph of this Section 11.12, all or any portion of any cash dividends declared by the Company with respect to shares of Company Securities held by the Trust as of the ex-dividend date with respect to such dividends (including shares held in a Suspense Account and shares that have been allocated to the Accounts of Participants) may, at the discretion of the Company, be distributed to those individuals who are Participants (or to the Beneficiaries of such Participants) in the Plan as of such ex-dividend date (A) directly to such Participants (or their Beneficiaries) or (B) through the Trust provided that the Trust in such case distributes such dividends to such Participants (or Beneficiaries) within 90 days after the close of the Plan Year in which such dividends are paid. Those Participants (or Beneficiaries) entitled to a share in a distribution of cash dividends in proportion to the number of shares of Company Securities allocated to their Accounts as of the relevant ex-dividend date.

If the Company chooses not to distribute to Participants a portion of any cash dividends declared with respect to shares of Company Securities held by the Trust, then all, or any part, as the Company decides, of the portion of such dividends that are not to be distributed may be used to repay all or a part of the interest and/or principal of an Exempt Loan then outstanding; provided, however, that dividends on shares of Company Securities that have been allocated to the Account of a Participant may not be used to pay interest or principal on an Exempt Loan unless shares of Company Securities having a Fair Market Value not less than the amount of such dividends so used are allocated to such Account for the Plan Year in which such dividends are so used, to the extent that dividends are so used. To the extent that dividends are not distributed to Participants or used to repay interest or principal on an Exempt Loan, such dividends, to the extent paid with respect to shares of Company Securities held in a Suspense Account shall be treated as an investment gain of the Trust, and to the extent paid with respect to shares of Company Securities allocated to the Accounts of Participants shall themselves be allocated to such Accounts as income.
 
55

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 11.12 or the Trust overall, effective with respect to cash dividends paid on Company Securities held by the Trust in which a Participant is fully vested, and which dividends have a record date of February 15, 2011 or later, the Participant (or his or her Beneficiary if applicable) in whose account such Company Securities are held shall have the right to receive current payment of such dividends from the Trust in lieu of reinvestment of the dividends in Company Securities.  An election by a Participant or Beneficiary to receive payment of dividends under this Section 11.12 shall be made in the manner designated by the Company provided that, (1) any Participant or Beneficiary who fails to make an affirmative election to receive payment of dividends within the time prescribed for such election by the Company shall be deemed to have elected to have such dividends remain in the Trust and reinvested in Company Securities under the Trust, and (2) any election by a Participant or Beneficiary to receive payment of dividends in lieu of reinvestment shall remain in effect until such election is revoked by the Participant or Beneficiary.  Distributions of dividends in accordance with a Participant’s or Beneficiary’s election shall occur not later than ninety (90) days after the close of the Plan Year in which such dividends were paid to the Trust.  This final paragraph of this Section 11.12 shall not apply to cash dividends (and the remainder of this Section 11.12 shall apply instead), to the extent such dividends (and the underlying Company Securities) are not yet vested in accordance with Section 7.7 of this Trust.

11.13       The Trustees and its members, assistants and representatives shall be free from all liability for their acts and conduct in the administration of the Plan and Trust except for acts of willful misconduct; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not relieve any party from any liability for any responsibility, obligation or duty that may arise pursuant to ERISA or the Code.

11.14       In the event of and to the extent not insured against by any insurance company pursuant to provisions of any applicable insurance policy, the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the extent permitted by law, any individual (but not a corporation), Trustees and their assistants and representatives from any claim, demands, suits or proceedings which may be in connection with the Plan or Trust be brought by the Company’s Employees, Participants or their Beneficiaries or legal representatives, or by any other person, corporation, entity, government, or agency thereof provided, however, that such indemnification shall not apply to any such person’s acts of willful misconduct in connection with the Plan or Trust.

11.15       If a tender offer is made for all or a portion of the outstanding shares of Company Securities, the Trustees shall poll the Participants with regard to such tender offer on the basis of the number of shares of Company Securities held in the Trust Fund (including shares held in a suspense account if, and only if, the number of votes of Participants in favor of a tender is greater than the number of votes of Participants opposed to tender).
 
56

ARTICLE TWELVE

Top Heavy Rules

12.1         Special Definitions . For the purposes of this Article Twelve, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings set forth below:

(a)            “Aggregate Account” means, as of the Determination Date, the sum of:

(i)             a Participant’s Account balance as of the most recent Valuation Date occurring within a 12 consecutive month period ending on the Determination Date, including, in the case of a plan subject to the minimum funding standards of Section 412 of the Code, amounts that would be allocated to such Account as of a date not later than the Determination Date even though such amounts are not yet required to be contributed to the plan by such Determination Date.

(ii)            an adjustment for any contribution due as of the Determination Date. in the case of a plan not subject to the minimum funding standards of Section 412 of the Code, such adjustment shall be the amount of any contributions actually made after the Valuation Date but on or before the Determination Date. In the case of a plan that is subject to the minimum funding standards of Section 412 of the Code, such adjustment shall include any contribution made, or due to be made, after the Valuation Date but before the expiration of the extended payment period described in Section 412(c)(10) of the Code. in the first Plan Year, such adjustment shall also reflect the amount of any contributions made after the Determination Date that are allocated as of a date in the first Plan Year.
 
57

(iii)          any distributions from this Plan and any plan aggregated with the Plan under Section 416(g)(2) of the Code during the 1 year period ending on the Determination Date.  The preceding sentence shall also apply to distributions under a terminated plan which, has it not been terminated, would have been aggregated with the Plan under Section 416(g)(2)(A)(i) of the Code.  In the case of a distribution made for reason other than a separation of service, death, or Disability, this provision shall be applied by substituting “5 year period” for “1 year period”.  The accrued benefits and accounts of any individual who has not performed services for the Employer during the 1 year period ending on the Determination Date shall not be taken into account.

(iv)          any Employee contributions, whether voluntary or mandatory; provided, however, that amounts attributable to “deductible employee contributions,” as defined in Section 72(o)(5)(A) of the Code, if any, shall not be considered to be a part of the Participant’s Aggregate Account balance.

(v)           with respect to unrelated rollovers and plan-to-plan transfers (ones which are both initiated by the Employee and made from a plan maintained by one Employer to a plan maintained by another Employer that is not an ERISA Affiliate), the Plan making the distribution or transfer shall consider such distribution or transfer as a distribution for the purposes of this Article Twelve.

If the Plan is the plan accepting such rollovers or plan-to-plan transfers, it shall not consider any such rollovers or plan-to-plan transfers accepted after December 31, 1983 as part of the Participant’s Aggregate Account balance. However, such unrelated rollovers or plan-to-plan transfers accepted prior to January 1, 1984 shall be considered as part of the Participant’s Aggregate Account balance.
 
58

(vi)          with respect to related rollovers and plan-to-plan transfers (ones either not initiated by the Employee or made to a plan maintained by an ERISA Affiliate), if the plan provides for rollovers or plan-to-plan transfers, they shall not be counted as a distribution for purposes of this Article Twelve. If the Plan is the plan accepting such rollover or plan-to-plan transfer, it shall consider such rollover or plan-to-plan transfer as part of the Participant’s Aggregate Account balance, irrespective of the date on which such rollover or plan-to-plan transfer is accepted.

(vii)         if any individual is a non-key Employee with respect to any Plan for any Plan Year, but such individual was a Key Employee with respect to such Plan for any prior Plan Year, any accrued benefit for such Employee (and the Account of such Employee) shall not be taken into account.

(viii)         if any individual has not performed services for the Employer maintaining the Plan at any time during the five-year period ending on the Determination Date, any accrued benefit for such individual (and the Account of such individual) shall not be taken into account.

(b)           “Aggregation Group” means either a Required Aggregation Group or a Permissive Aggregation Group, as hereinafter determined.

(i)             Required Aggregation Group: In determining a Required Aggregation Group hereunder, each plan of the Employer in which a Key Employee is a Participant, or has been a Participant during the Plan Year containing the Determination Date, or in any of the 4 preceding Plan Years (whether or not such plan has been terminated), and each other plan of the Employer which enables any plan in which a Key Employee participates to meet the requirements of Section 40l(a)(4) or 410 of the Code during such period, will be required to be aggregated. Such group shall be known as a Required Aggregation Group. In the case of a Required Aggregation Group, each plan in the group will be considered a “Top Heavy Plan” If the Required Aggregation Group is a Top Heavy Group. No plan in the Required Aggregation Group will be considered a Top Heavy Plan If the Aggregation Group is not a Top Heavy Group.
 
59

(ii)            Permissive Aggregation Group: The Employer may also include any other plan which provides comparable benefits but is not required to be included in the Required Aggregation Group, provided the resulting group, taken as a whole, would satisfy the provisions of Sections 401(a)(4) and 410 of the Code. Such group shall be known as a Permissive Aggregation Group.

No plan in the Permissive Aggregation Group will be considered a Top Heavy Plan if the Permissive Aggregation Group is not a Top Heavy Group.

(iii)          Only those plans of the Employer in which the Determination Dates fall within the same calendar year shall be aggregated in order to determine whether such plans are Top Heavy Plans.

(c)            “Determination Date” means (1) the last day of the preceding Plan Year, or (2) in the case of the first Plan Year of a Plan, the last day of such Plan Year.

(d)           “Key Employee” means any Employee or former Employee (including any deceased Employee) who at any time during the Plan Year that includes the Determination Date was:

(i)             an “officer” of the Employer who at any time during the Plan Year that includes the determination date having annual compensation greater than $130,000 (as adjusted under Section 416(i)(1) of the Code for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2002);

(ii)           a “5% owner” of the Employer.  “5% owner” means any Employee who owns (or is considered as owning within the meaning of Section 318 of the Code) more than 5% of the value of the outstanding stock of the Employer or stock possessing more than 5% of the total combined voting power of all stock of the Employer;
 
60

(iii)          a “1% owner” of the Employer having annual compensation of more than $150,000.  For purpose of this subsection and subsection (i) above, annual compensation means compensation within the meaning of Section 415(c)(3) of the Code.  “1% owner” means any Employee who owns (or is considered as owning within the meaning of Section 318 of the Code) more than 1% of the value of the outstanding stock of the Employer or stock possessing more than 1% of the total combined voting power of all stock of the Employer; and

(iv)          The determination of who is a Key Employee will be made in accordance with Section 416(i)(I) of the Code and the applicable regulations and other guidance of general applicability issued thereunder.

(e)            “Non-Key Employee” means any Employee who is not a Key Employee.

(f)            “Top Heavy Plan Year” means that, for a particular Plan Year commencing after December 31, 1983, the Plan is a Top Heavy Plan.

(g)           “Valuation Date” means the most recent valuation date within a 12-month period ending on the determination date.

12.2         Determination of Top Heavy Status .

(a)           An Aggregation Group shall be a “Top Heavy Group” for any Plan Year commencing after December 31, 1983 in which, as of the Determination Date, the sum of the Present Value of Accrued Benefits of Key Employees and the Aggregate Account balances of Key Employees under all Plans of an Aggregation Group exceeds 60% of the sum of the Present Value of Accrued Benefits and the Aggregate Account balances of all Employees under the Plan and all Plans of the Aggregation Group.
 
61

(b)           An Aggregation Group shall be a “Super Top Heavy Group” for any Plan Year commencing after December 31, 1983 in which, at the Determination Date, the sum of the Present Value of Accrued Benefits of Key Employees and the Aggregate Account balances of Key Employees and all Plans in an Aggregation Group exceeds 90% of the sum of the Present Value of Accrued Benefits and the Aggregate Account balances of all Employees under all Plans of the Aggregation Group.

(c)            “Present Value of Accrued Benefit” means, in the case of a defined benefit plan, the present value of an accrued benefit, as determined under the provisions of the applicable defined benefit plan and in compliance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.416-l(T-25 and T-26).

(d)           In determining Top Heavy Status, the accrued benefit of (i) an individual who is not a Key Employee with respect to any Plan in an Aggregation Group for a Plan Year but who was a Key Employee with respect to a Plan in an Aggregation Group for a prior Plan Year and (ii) an individual who performed no services for the Employer of an ERISA Affiliate during the 5-year period ending on the Determination Date, shall be disregarded.

12.3         For any Top Heavy Plan Year, the Plan shall provide special minimum benefit and contribution requirements of Section 416(c) of the Code, pursuant to Section 12.4 of the Plan.
 
62

12.4         Minimum Allocations and Benefits .

(a)            In the case of a defined contribution plan, for any Top Heavy Plan Year, the sum of employer contributions and forfeitures allocated to the Account of each Non-Key Employee who is a Participant and who has not terminated employment by the end of such Plan Year (including (A) Participants who fail to complete at least 1,000 Hours of Service during the Plan Year, (B) Employees who are excluded from the Plan or accrue no benefit because their Compensation is less than a stated amount, and (C) Employees who are excluded from the Plan or accrue no benefit because they fail to make mandatory contributions, or, in the case of a Plan intended to qualify under Section 401(k) of the Code, elective contributions) shall be equal to at least 3% of such Non-Key Employee’s Compensation. However, should the sum of the Employer’s contributions and forfeitures allocated to the Account of each Key Employee for such Top Heavy Plan Year be less than 3% of each such Key Employee’s Compensation, the sum of the Employer’s contributions and forfeitures allocated to the Account of each Non-Key Employee who is a Participant (including the Employees referred to in the preceding sentence) shall be equal to the highest percentage allocated to the Account of a Key Employee. The preceding sentence shall not apply to any plan required to be included in an Aggregation Group if such plan enables a defined benefit plan required to be included in an Aggregation Group to meet the requirements of Section 401(a)(4) or Section 410 of the Code. For purposes of satisfying the minimum contribution requirements of this subparagraph, an Employee’s elective deferrals under a cash or deferred arrangement (as defined under Section 401(k) of the Code shall not be treated as an Employer Contribution.  Employer matching contributions shall be taken into account for purposes of satisfying the minimum contribution requirements of Section 416(c)(2) of the Code and the Plan.
 
63

(b)           In the case of a defined benefit plan, for any Top Heavy Plan Year, the accrued benefit, when expressed as an Annual Retirement Benefit (as defined below), of a Participant who is a Non-Key Employee and who has completed at least 1,000 Hours of Service during the Plan Year (including Employees who are excluded from the Plan or accrue no benefit because their Compensation is less than a stated amount and Employees who are excluded from the Plan or accrue no benefit because they fail to make mandatory contributions) will be at least equal to the lesser of (i) the product of (A) an Employee’s average annual Compensation for the period of consecutive years (not exceeding (5)) when the Employee had the highest aggregate Compensation from the Employer and (B) 2% per year of service with the Employer, or (ii) 20%.

(i)             The foregoing defined benefit minimum shall be determined without regard to any Social Security contribution or benefit.

(ii)            “Annual Retirement Benefit” means a benefit which commences at age 65 and is payable annually in the form of a single life annuity.

(iii)          A “year of Top Heavy Service” shall be a Year of Service as determined under the rules of Section 411(a)(4), (5) and (6) of the Code, provided, however, that a Plan may disregard any Year of Service if the Plan was not top heavy for any Plan Year ending during such Year of Service, or if the Year of Service was completed in a Plan Year beginning before January 1, 1984.

(c)           Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in any Plan Year in which both a defined benefit plan and a defined contribution plan are part of a Top Heavy Group, the following rules shall apply: For each Non-Key Employee who is participating in the Top Heavy defined contribution plan maintained by the Employer, the defined contribution minimum, as provided under Section 12.4(b) above, shall accrue, and the defined benefit minimum shall not be applicable. For each other Non-Key Employee who is a Participant in the Top Heavy defined benefit plan maintained by the Employer, the Employer shall satisfy the minimum contribution requirement of Section 12.4(b).
 
64

ARTICLE THIRTEEN

Miscellaneous

13.1         The Trustees and the Company in no way guarantee the Trust Fund from loss or depreciation, and the Company does not guarantee the payment of any money which may be or becomes due to any person from the Trust Fund. The liability of the Trustees to make any payment from the Trust Fund at any time and all times is limited to the then available assets of the Trust Fund.

13.2         Words used in the masculine hereunder shall apply to the feminine where applicable and the plural shall be read as the singular, and the singular as the plural, wherever the context dictates.

13.3         All questions with respect to the interpretation of this Agreement shall be determined by the laws of the State of New York, except to the extent that Federal law controls.

13.4         Conditional upon prior approval by the Company, any ERISA Affiliate may participate in this Plan as a participating company, provided it shall make, execute and deliver such instruments as the Company and the Trustees shall require. Such an ERISA Affiliate shall accept the Company as its agent to act for it in all transactions in which the Company believes such agency will facilitate the administration of the Plan. Any such ERISA Affiliate shall accept the Company as its agent to act for it in all transactions in which the Company believes such agency will facilitate the administration of the Plan. Any such ERISA Affiliate may withdraw from participation in this Plan upon written notice to the Company and the Trustees, and upon such withdrawal this Plan shall automatically terminate insofar as it relates to such withdrawing participating organization and its Employees.
 
13.5         Nothing contained in this Plan, or with respect to the establishment of the Trust, or any modification or amendment to the Plan or Trust, or in the creation of any Account, or the payment of any benefit, shall give any Employee, Employee-Participant or any Beneficiary any right to continue employment, any legal or equitable right against the Company, or Employee of the Company, or against the Trustees, or their agents or Employees, or against the Plan Administrator, except as expressly provided by the Plan, the Trust, the Act of by a separate agreement.
 
65

ARTICLE FOURTEEN

Amendment and Termination
 
14.1         The Company has the right to amend this Agreement at any time it deems necessary or advisable in order to maintain qualification of this Plan and Trust under the Code. It may further amend this Agreement for any other purpose provided no such amendment shall permit the Trust Fund to be used for or diverted to purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of the Participants or their Beneficiaries or estates, or cause or permit any portion of the Trust Fund to revert to or become the property of the Company.

14.2         The Company shall make all amendments in writing which shall state the date on which they are retroactively or prospectively effective.

14.3         Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan to the contrary, upon the date of either partial or full termination of the Plan, or of Complete discontinuance of contributions to the Plan, an affected Participant’s right to his Account shall be 100% non-forfeitable.

14.4         The Trustees shall not consent to, or be a party to, any merger or consolidation with another Plan, or to a transfer of assets or liabilities to another Plan unless immediately after the merger, consolidation or transfer, the surviving Plan provides each Participant a benefit equal or greater than the benefit each Participant would have received had the Plan terminated immediately before the merger, consolidation or transfer. Upon termination of the Plan, the Trust shall continue until the Trustees have distributed all of its benefits under the Plan.
 
66

14.5         The Company shall not amend the vesting schedule (and no amendment shall be effective) if the amendment reduces the non-forfeitable percentage of any Participant’s Account balance derived from Employer contributions (determined as of the later of the date the Company adopts the amendment or the date the amendment becomes effective) to a percentage less than the non-forfeitable percentage computed under the Plan without regard to the amendment. If the Company amends the vesting schedule, each Participant having completed at least 3 Years of Service with the Company before the expiration of the election period may irrevocably elect during the election period to have the non-forfeitable percentage of his Account balance computed under the Plan without regard to the amendment. For purposes of the preceding sentence the election period shall begin no later than the date the Plan amendment is adopted and end no earlier than the latest of (i) the date which is 60 days after the day the Plan amendment is adopted; (ii) the date which is 60 days after the day the Plan amendment becomes effective, or (iii) the date which is 60 days after the day the Participant is given written notice of the Plan amendment by the Company or the Trustees. The Plan Administrator, as soon as practicable, shall forward a true copy of any amendment to the vesting schedule to each affected Participant, together with an explanation of the effect of the amendment, the appropriate form which the Participant may make an election to remain under the vesting schedule provided under the Plan prior to the amendment and notice of the time within which the Participant must make an election to remain under the prior vesting schedule.
 
67

ARTICLE FIFTEEN

Repurchase of Company Securities

15.1         Shares of Company Securities acquired with the proceeds of an Exempt Loan and distributed by the Trustees shall be subject to a “right of first refusal” which shall provide that, prior to any subsequent transfer, such shares must first be offered in writing to the Company and then if refused by the Company, to the Trust at the then Fair Market Value, or, if greater, at the purchase price offered by the first buyer making a good faith offer to purchase. A bona fide written offer from an independent prospective buyer shall be deemed to be the Fair Market Value of such shares for this purpose. The Company and the Trustees (on behalf of the Trust) shall have 14 days from the date of refusal on the same terms offered by the prospective buyer. A Participant (or Beneficiary) entitled to a distribution of Company Securities shall be required to execute an appropriate stock transfer agreement evidencing the right of first refusal prior to receiving a certificate for Company Securities. The right of first refusal shall be administered in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 54.4975-7(b)(9).

15.2         The Company shall issue a “put option” to each Participant receiving a distribution of Company Securities from the Trust if such Company Securities are not readily tradeable on an established market when distributed, or are subject to a trading limitation. The put option shall permit the Participant (or his Beneficiary) to sell such Company Securities to the Company at any time during 2 option periods at their then Fair Market Value.

The first put option shall be a period of at least 60 days beginning on the date of distribution of Company Securities to the Participant. The second put option period shall be at least 60 days beginning after the new determination of the Fair Market Value of Company Securities by the Trustees (and notice to the Participant) in the next following Plan Year. The Company may permit the Trustees to direct the Plan to purchase Company Securities tendered to the Company under a put option.
 
68

Payment by the Company of Securities put to it pursuant to this Section 15.2 shall be made (A) in a single sum within 30 days after such put option is exercised if such securities were part of an installment distribution, or (B) if such securities were distributed to the Participant as part of a total distribution, in a single sum or substantially equal periodic installments (not less frequently than annually) over a period beginning not later than 30 days after the exercise of the put option and not exceeding 5 years, with adequate security provided and reasonable interest charged on unpaid installments. The put option shall be administered in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 54.4975-7(b)(l0), (11) and (12).

15.3         Shares of Company Securities held or distributed by the Trustees may include such legend restrictions on transferability as the Company may reasonably require to assure compliance with applicable Federal and state securities laws. Except as otherwise provided herein, no shares of Company Securities held or distributed by the Trustees may be subject to a put, call or other option or buy-sell or other similar arrangement.

15.4         If shares of Company Securities are not readily tradeable on an established securities market, all valuations of such shares with respect to an activity carried on by the Plan shall be made by an independent appraiser meeting the requirements similar to the requirements for an appraiser under regulations promulgated by the Security of the Treasury or his delegates pursuant to Section 170(a)(1) of the Code. Valuations of Company Securities must be made in good faith and based on all relevant factors for determining the fair market value of securities.
 
69

15.5         (a)           No portion of the Plan assets attributable to (or allocable in lieu of) Employer Stock acquired by the Plan in a Section 1042 Sale may accrue (or be allocated directly or indirectly under any plan qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code maintained by the Employer) (1) during the Nonallocation Period for the benefit of any Nonallocation Participant, or (2) for the benefit of a 25-Percent Shareholder.
 
(b)           The following terms shall have the following meanings:

“Employer Stock” for purposes of this Section 15.5 means employer securities (as defined in Section 409(l) of the Code) which are issued by a domestic C corporation that has no stock outstanding that is readily tradable on an established securities market, and were not received by the Participant in a distribution from a plan described in Section 401(a) of the Code, or a transfer pursuant to an option or other right to acquire stock to which Sections 83, 422 or 423 of the Code applied (or to which Sections 422 or 424 (as in effect on the day before the date of the enactment of the Revenue Reconciliation Act of 1990) applied).

“Nonallocation Participant” means any Participant who makes an election under Section 1042(a) of the Code with respect to Employer Stock and any Participant who is related to such Participant within the meaning of Section 267(b) of the Code.  “Nonallocation Participant” does not include any participant who is a lineal descendant of a Participant who makes an election under Section 1042 of the Code if the aggregate amount allocated for the benefit of all such lineal descendants during the Nonallocation Period does not exceed more than 5 percent of the Employer Stock (or amounts allocated in lieu thereof) by any person related to such descendants (within the meaning of Section 267(c)(4) of the Code).

“Nonallocation Period” means the period beginning on the date of the Section 1042 Sale and ending on the later of the date that is 10 years after the date of the Section 1042 Sale, or the date of the plan allocation attributable to the final payment of acquisition indebtedness incurred in connection with the Section 1042 Sale.
 
70

“Section 1042 Sale” means a sale of Employer Stock to the Plan in a transaction to which Section 1042 of the Code (pertains to the nonrecognition of gain) applies.

“25-percent Shareholder” means a Participant who owns more than 25 percent of any class of outstanding stock of Employer or any corporation that is a member of the same controlled group of corporations (within the meaning of Section 409(l)(4) of the Code)) as the Employer.  The rules of Section 318(a) of the Code, without regard to the employee trust exception in Section 318(a)(2)(B)(i), are used to calculate the ownership percentage.  This definition is applicable at any time during either the 1-year period ending on the date of sale of such stock to the Plan, or on the date as of which Employer Stock is allocated to Participants.

15.6         The provisions of this Article Fifteen shall continue to apply to shares of Company Securities even if the Plan ceases to be an Employee Stock Ownership Plan under Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code.
 
71

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Plan has been executed this 17 th day of December of 2015.

 
STANDARD MOTOR PRODUCTS, INC.
       
 
By:
/s/ Carmine J. Broccole
 
       
 
Title:
Secretary
 
 
 
TRUSTEES 
     
   
/s/ Carmine J. Broccole
   
Carmine J. Broccole, Trustee
     
   
/s/ James J. Burke
   
James J. Burke, Trustee
     
   
/s/ Sanford Kay
   
Sanford Kay, Trustee
     
   
/s/ Robert H. Martin
   
Robert H. Martin, Trustee
     
   
/s/ Thomas Tesoro
   
Thomas Tesoro, Trustee
 
72

Appendix I

EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN AND TRUST
OF STANDARD MOTOR PRODUCTS, INC.

Special provisions relating to the Employee Stock Ownership Plan and Trust of Standard Motor Products, Inc. (“ESOP”) and the participation of the employees of the Guaranteed Parts/Sorensen Division of Wickes Manufacturing Company, Inc. who transferred their employment to the Company on October 26, 1989 (“Transferred Employees”).

1. For the purposes of determining a Transferred Employee’s vesting under the ESOP, and for purposes of determining any Hour of Service requirement with respect to eligibility for allocations for a Plan Year, all service from each such Transferred Employee’s last date of hire with Wickes Manufacturing Company, Inc. shall be recognized.

2. Each Transferred Employee who was an employee of Wickes Manufacturing Company, Inc. on June 30, 1989 shall be eligible to participate in the ESOP on January 1, 1990. Each other Transferred Employee (those Transferred Employees hired after June 30, 1989) shall be subject to the Plan’s eligibility requirements as stated in Article Two of the Plan taking into account for this purpose his service from his late date of hire with Wickes Manufacturing Company, Inc.

3. For the purpose of determining the 1990 ESOP allocation for those Transferred Employees who became Participants in the ESOP on January 1, 1990, only Compensation earned from October 26, 1989 shall be taken into consideration.

4. Unless otherwise expressly provided to the contract, defined terms used in this Appendix I shall have their same meaning as in the Plan.
 
 
1

EXHIBIT 21

SUBSIDIARIES OF STANDARD MOTOR PRODUCTS, INC.

 
Name
 
State or
Country of
Incorporation
 
Percent
of Voting
Securities
Owned
         
SMP Motor Products Limited  
Canada
 
100
SMP Poland sp. z o.o. (1)  
Poland
 
100
Motortronics, Inc  
New York
 
100
Standard Motor Products (Hong Kong) Limited  
Hong Kong
 
100
Standard Motor Products de Mexico, S. de R.L. de C.V. (2 )  
Mexico
  100
SMP Engine Management de Mexico, S. de R.L. de C.V. (2 )
 
Mexico
  100
SMP Four Seasons de Mexico, S. de R.L. de C.V. (2 )  
Mexico
  100

All of the subsidiaries are included in the consolidated financial statements of Standard Motor Products, Inc.

(1) SMP Poland sp. z o.o. is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Standard Motor Products (Hong Kong) Limited.
 
(2) Standard Motor Products, Inc. owns 49,999 shares and Motortronics, Inc. owns 1 share of these companies.
 
 


EXHIBIT 23
 
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors
Standard Motor Products, Inc. and Subsidiaries
 
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements (No. 333-174330, No. 333‑134239 and No. 333-125600) on Form S-8, and in the registration statement (No. 333-161101) on Form S-3 of Standard Motor Products, Inc. and subsidiaries of our reports dated February 26, 2016, with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of Standard Motor Products, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2015, and the related financial statement schedule, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015, which reports appear in the December 31, 2015 annual report on Form 10‑K of Standard Motor Products, Inc. and subsidiaries.

/s/ KPMG LLP
New York, New York
February 26, 2016
 
 


EXHIBIT 31.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Lawrence I. Sills, certify that:

1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Standard Motor Products, Inc.;

2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 
a)
designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b)
designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
c)
evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a)
all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b)
any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 26, 2016
 
   
 
/s/ Lawrence I. Sills
 
Lawrence I. Sills
 
Chief Executive Officer
 
 


EXHIBIT 31.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, James J. Burke, certify that:

1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Standard Motor Products, Inc.;

2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a)
designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a)
all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b)
any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 26, 2016
 
   
 
/s/ James J. Burke
 
James J. Burke
 
Chief Financial Officer
 
 


EXHIBIT 32.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of Standard Motor Products, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Lawrence I. Sills, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, to my knowledge, that:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and result of operations of the Company.

/s/ Lawrence I. Sills
 
Lawrence I. Sills
 
Chief Executive Officer
 
February 26, 2016
 

*A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Standard Motor Products, Inc. and will be retained by Standard Motor Products, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission on its staff upon request.
 
 


EXHIBIT 32.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of Standard Motor Products, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, James J. Burke, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, to my knowledge, that:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and result of operations of the Company.

/s/ James J. Burke
 
James J. Burke
 
Chief Financial Officer
 
February 26, 2016
 

*A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Standard Motor Products, Inc. and will be retained by Standard Motor Products, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission on its staff upon request.